Feedback


Family 9117+01 IBM Mid-range Rack-mounted Server Model 570

IBM United States Sales Manual
Revised:  May 06, 2014.

Table of contents
TOC Link Product life cycle dates TOC Link Publications
TOC Link Abstract TOC Link Features
TOC Link Highlights TOC Link Accessories
TOC Link Description TOC Link Machine elements
TOC Link Models TOC Link Supplies
TOC Link Technical description  

 
Product life cycle dates
Type Model Announced Available Marketing Withdrawn Service Discontinued
9117-570 2004/07/132004/08/31 2008/08/29 -

Back to topBack to top
 
Abstract

IBM UNIX systems consist of the IBM System p5, IBM eServer pSeries and IBM RS/6000 product lines. Providing unprecedented value, these innovative systems feature IBM's leading-edge technology and run the top-rated UNIX operating system, AIX. This broad product line ranges from powerful workstations ideal for mechanical design; to mission-critical symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) servers for ERP, SCM, CRM, transaction processing, and web serving; up to parallel RS/6000 SP systems that can handle demanding scientific and technical computing and business intelligence tasks. These platforms provide the power to create change and the flexibility to manage it, with thousands of applications that provide real value. More than 1,000,000 systems have shipped to over 135,000 businesses worldwide.

Model abstract 9117-570

The 9117 IBM System p5 model 570 Rack-mount Server gives you a modular mid-range solution for managing e-business computing requirements.

The p5-570 uses a 4U rack-mounted server drawer as its basic building block and can be configured with one to four drawers in a single rack.

With two processor card positions per drawer, the p5 model 570 is available in 2-, 4-, 8-, 12-, and 16-way configurations.

The symmetric multiprocessor (SMP) server uses 2-way processor cards with state-of-the-art, 64-bit, copper-based, POWER5+ processors running at either 1.9 GHz or 2.2 GHz. Each processor card has 36 MB of Level 3 cache and 8 slots for memory DIMMs. The base 2 GB of system memory can be expanded up to 512 GB in a four-drawer system.

Each drawer of a p5-570 system contains six disk drive bays and six 3.3-volt PCI-X slots. With up to 24 disk bays, the model 570 can accommodate up to 3,523.2 GB of internal disk storage. Each drawer can also hold two DVD-RAM or DVD-ROM drives.

Other integrated features include:

  • Service processor
  • Two 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet ports per drawer
  • Two internal Ultra320 SCSI controllers per drawer
  • Two system ports (serial)
  • Two USB 2.0 ports per drawer
  • Two HMC ports per system
  • Two remote I/O (RIO-2) ports per drawer
  • Redundant hot-swap power and cooling

Dynamic logical partitioning (LPAR), with optional micro-partitioning, and Capacity on Demand (CoD) are supported on the p5 model 570.

The p5-570 is supported with the IBM eServer pSeries Cluster 1600 running Cluster Systems Management (CSM) V1.4 (AIX and LINUX). For hardware control using CSM, Capacity on Demand, or Advanced Power Virtualization, an HMC is required.

Clients can add the new Power5+ processors to existing systems by ordering an MES upgrade for the new processors. EConfig should be used to create the complete list of add/remove hardware feature codes. This will require updating to the latest firmware code.
Back to topBack to top
 

Highlights

See Model Highlights.

Model highlights 9117-570

The model 570 offers:

  • Modular rack-mount design with one to four 4U drawers in a single rack
  • 1.9 GHz or 2.2 GHz POWER5+ processors in 2-, 4-, 8-, 12-, and 16-way configurations
  • Up to 512 GB of DDR2 memory per system - 128 GB per drawer
  • Up to 7.2 TB of internal disk storage
  • Up to 24 hot-swap disk bays and 24 hot-swap PCI-X slots
  • Up to eight slimline media bays for DVD-ROM and DVD-RAM
  • Cluster 1600 enhancements - pSeries CSM support for model 570
  • Dynamic LPAR and CoD

Back to topBack to top
 
Description

Summary of standard features for IBM System p5 model 570:

  • Configurations consist of 1, 2, 3, or 4 rack drawers, each 4U high

  • Systems can be 2-, 4-, 8-, 12-, or 16-way SMP design

  • 1.9 GHz or 2.2 GHz POWER5+ 64-bit processors cards, each 2-way

  • All processor cards are 2-way, with 0-way active. At least two processors must be activated by ordering the appropriate activation features.

  • Two processor card slots per system drawer

  • Minimum of 2 GB of memory - Maximum of 512 GB

  • Six hot-swap disk drive bays per drawer - split 6-pack backplane
    • One to twenty-four internal SCSI disks

  • Optional two media bays per drawer - Up to eight DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM features per system (optional)

  • Two RIO-2 ports per drawer for attaching external 7311 I/O drawers

  • A maximum of six hot-swap PCI-X slots per drawer:

    • Five 64-bit, 3.3 volt, 133 MHz (long)

    • One 64-bit, 3.3 volt, 133 MHz (short); This slot can also be used to support the RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter (#1800), if needed.

  • Two hot-swap power supplies per drawer

  • One service processor

  • Integrated functions in each drawer:
    • Dual 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet ports
    • Two Ultra320 SCSI controllers (internal) with support for an optional RAID daughter card
    • Redundant hot-swap cooling fans
    • Two USB 2.0 ports
    • Two system ports (serial) per system
    • Two HMC ports per system
    • Two Remote I/O (RIO-2) ports

Capacity on Demand

The Capacity on Demand (CoD) suite of offerings provides permanent nondisruptive growth as well as temporary additional capacity for short term processing needs. Available for a fee, CoD allows additional processors and memory to be brought on line as they are needed to meet increasing workload demands. If the system is configured for dynamic LPAR, this can be accomplished without impacting operations and avoiding costly down time. These features have significant value for users who want to upgrade without disruption, enhance their system RAS (reliability, availability, serviceability) characteristics, or simply grow with a finer level of granularity. The CoD features allow a system to be manufactured (or upgraded) with inactive processors and memory. The hardware is delivered with these features built in, ready to be activated when needed. It can turned on by ordering processor or memory activation features. These features deliver an activation code which is entered at the HMC to enable the resource either permanently or temporarily, depending on which activation feature is ordered.

Types of CoD Activations

Permanent CUoD for Processors and Permanent CUoD for Memory are activations which permanently enable inactive processors or memory for future use.

On/Off CoD enables users to temporarily activate processors and memory. Processors and Memory may be activated and turned off an unlimited number of times whenever the client desires additional processing resources. This offering provides a system administrator an interface at the HMC to manage the activation and de-activation of resources. A monitor which resides on the server logs the usage activity. Clients must send this usage data to IBM monthly. A bill is then generated based on the total amount of processor and memory resources utilized, in increments of Processor and Memory (1 GB) Days.

Reserve CoD represents an "autonomic" way to activate temporary capacity. Reserve CoD enables the user to place a quantity of inactive processors into the server's Shared Processor Pool which then become available to the pool's resource manager. When the server recognizes the number of base (purchased/active) processors assigned across uncapped partitions have been 100% utilized, and at least 10% of an additional processor is needed, then a Processor Day (good for a 24 hour period) is charged against the Reserve CoD account balance. Another Processor Day will be charged for each additional processor put into use based on the 10% utilization rule. After a 24-hour period elapses, and there is no longer a need for the additional performance, no Processor Days will be charged until the next performance spike. Reserve COD requires Advanced POWER Virtualization (#7942) to be active on the system.

Trial Capacity on Demand (Trial CoD) is a function delivered with all pSeries servers having inactive CoD processors or memory. Those servers with inactive CoD processors or memory will be capable of using a one-time, no-cost activation for a maximum period of 30 consecutive days. This enhancement allows for benchmarking of CoD resources or can be used to provide immediate access to inactive resources while the purchase of permanent or temporary activations is pending.

Accessibility by people with disabilities

IBM System p5 570 is capable as of August 31, 2004, when used in accordance with IBM's associated documentation, of satisfying the applicable requirements of Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act, provided that any assistive technology used with the product properly interoperates with it.
Back to topBack to top
 

Models

Model summary matrix

Model Processor Speed Memory Hard Drive Slot Maximum Optical Storage Device
570 2-, 4-, 8-, 12-, or 16-way 1.9 GHz, 2.2 GHz 2 GB to 512 GB 36.4 GB to 7.2 TB 24 PCI-X DVD-RAM and DVD-ROM

Customer setup (CSU)

  • Customer setup box: No

  • Customer setup model conversion: No

  • Customer setup MES: Mixed

    • CSU features include:
      • PCI-X Adapters
      • GX Adapters
      • External Cables
      • Power Supplies
      • DASD Devices
      • Media Devices
      • CPU Power Regulator
      • Op Panel
      • Displays, Keyboards, Cables, etc.

    • Non-CSU MES features include:
      • Processors
      • Memory
      • Service Processor Cards
      • Internal RAID Daughter Card
      • CEC Enclosures
      • System Backplanes

Feature conversions for 9117-570 to 9117-MMA media devices features

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
7869 - Media Enclosure And   5674 - SATA Media Enclosure  Yes
Backplane                    and Backplane
2640 - IDE Slimline DVD-ROM  5743 - SATA Slimline         Yes
Drive                        DVD-ROM Drive
 

Devices supported

The following external machine types are supported on the indicated models for MT 9117.

This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported through standard ports. Please refer to the sales manual of the external machine type and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of the AIX sales manual for further attach support information.

          |5|  X = SUPPORTED DEVICE
          |7|
          |0|
   MT-MOD | |        DESCRIPTION
 ---------|-|-----------------------------------------------------------
 ---------+-+--------SWITCH---------------------------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 2031-016 |X| McDATA Model 016 Departmental ES-3032 Fabric Switch
 2031-032 |X| McDATA Model 032 Departmental ES-3032 Fabric Switch
 2031-216 |X| McData ES-3216 Fabric Switch
 2031-224 |X| McData IBM 2031 Model 224 Fabric Switch
 2031-232 |X| McData ES-3232 Fabric Switch
 2031-L00 |X| McDATA Model L00 ES-1000 Loop Switch
 2032-001 |X| McDATA ED-5000 Enterprise Fibre Channel Switch
 2032-064 |X| McDATA Model 064 Enterprise Fibre Channel Director
 2032-140 |X| 2032 McDATA Intrepid 6140 Enterprise Fibre Channel
          | |      Director Model 140
 2032-C40 |X| Cabinet for McDATA Intrepid 6064 Enterprise Fibre Channel
          | |      Director
 2042-001 |X| Inrange FC/9000 64-port Fibre Channel Director
 2042-128 |X| Inrange FC/9000 128-port Fibre Channel Director
 2042-256 |X| INRANGE FC/9000-256 FC Director
 2061-020 |X| Cisco Systems MDS 9120 Fabric Switch (IBM Resell)
 2061-040 |X| Cisco Systems MDS 9140 Fabric Switch (IBM Resell)
 2062-D01 |X| Cisco MDS-9216 Multilayer Fabric Switch
 2062-D07 |X| Cisco MDS 9509 Multilayer Director Switch (Data Center
          | |      Model)
 2062-T07 |X| Cisco 9509 Multilayer Director Switch (Telecom Model - DC
          | |      Power)
 2109-F16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch Model M16
 2109-F32 |X| TotalStorage SAN Switch - 2109 Model F32
 2109-M12 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch Model M12
 2109-S08 |X| IBM SAN Fibre Channel Switch Model S08
 2109-S16 |X| IBM SAN Fibre Channel Switch Model S16
 3534-F08 |X| IBM TotalStorage Storage Area Network (SAN) Model F08
          | |
 ---------+-+--------DISK-----------------------------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 1722-60U |X| FAStT600 Storage Server
 1722-6LU |X|TotalStorage DS4300 Midrange Disk System
 1740-1RU |X| TotalStorage FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit
 1742-1RU |X| TotalStorage FAStT700 Storage Server
 1742-90U |X| FAStT900 Storage Server
 2076-112 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 112
 2076-124 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 124
 2076-212 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 212
 2076-224 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 224
 2104-DS4 |X| IBM TOTALSTORAGE EXPANDABLE STORAGE PLUS U320 MODELS DS4
 2104-DU3 |X| Expandable Storage Plus Model DU3
 2104-TS4 |X|  IBM TOTALSTORAGE EXPANDABLE STORAGE PLUS U320 MODELS TS4
 2104-TU3 |X| Expandable Storage Plus Model TU3
 2105-800 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Storage Server Model 800
 2105-F10 |X| IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model F10
 2105-F20 |X| IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model F20
 3542-2RU |X| IBM FAStT200 Storage Server Model 2RU
 3542-2RX |X| IBM FAStT200 Storage Server Model 2RU (EMEA)
 3552-1RU |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT500 Storage Server
 3552-1RX |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT500 Storage Server (EMEA)
 3560-1RU |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT EXP500 Storage Expansion Unit
 3560-1RX |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT EXP500 Storage Expansion Unit
          | |      (EMEA)
 7204-419 |X| IBM 18.2 GB External Disk Drive Model 419
 7204-518 |X| IBM 7204 18 GB External Disk Drive
 7204-536 |X| IBM 7204 36 GB External Disk Drive
 7204-573 |X| IBM 7204 External Disk Drive Model 573
          | |
 ---------+-+--------DISPLAYS-------------------------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 6546-00E |X| G52 Display
 6546-00N |X| G52 Display
 6546-01E |X| G52 Display
 6546-01S |X| G52 Display
 6546-0AE |X| G54 Display
 6546-0AN |X| G54 Display
 6546-0BE |X| G54 Display
 6546-0BN |X| G54 Display
 6546-0BS |X| G54 Display
 6546-21N |X| G52 Display
 6546-2BN |X| G54 Display
 6546-31N |X| G52 Display
 6546-4AN |X| G54 Display
 6546-6BN |X| G54 Display
 6555-763 |X| P70 17" COLOR DISPLAY
 6555-764 |X| P70 17" COLOR DISPLAY
 6555-773 |X| P200 UV-N COLOR MONITOR
 6555-774 |X| P200 UV-N COLOR MONITOR
 6555-803 |X| P201 UV-N COLOR MONITOR
 7310-C03 |X| IBM 7310 Model C03 Hardware Management Console
 7310-CR2 |X| IBM 7310 Model CR2 Hardware Management Console
 7315-C01 |X| IBM 7315 Model C01 Hardware Management Console
 7315-C02 |X| IBM 7315 Model C02 Hardware Management Console
 7315-CR2 |X| IBM 7315 Model CR2 Hardware Management Console
 7316-TF1 |X| IBM 7316-TF1 Rack Mounted Flat Panel Display
 7316-TF2 |X| IBM 7316-TF2 Rack Mounted Flat Panel Display
 7316-TF3 |X| IBM 7316-TF3 Rack Mounted Flat Panel Display
 9513-AG2 |X| IBM T55A 15" TFT LCD COLOR MONITOR
 9513-AW1 |X| IBM T55A 15" TFT LCD COLOR MONITOR
 9419-HB7 |X| IBM ThinkVision L191p 19-inch LCD Flat-panel Monitor
 9516-B03 |X| 16.1" TFT LCD DISPLAY
 9516-B04 |X| 16.1" TFT LCD DISPLAY
 
----------+-+------------OPTICAL----------------------------------------
- - - - - |-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 3996-032 |X| IBM System Storage Model 032
 3996-080 |X| IBM System Storage Model 080
 3996-174 |X| IBM System Storage Model 174
 
 ---------+-+--------STORAGE NETWORK DEVICES----------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 1710-10U |X| IBM 1710 TotalStorage FAStT EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit
 2145-4F2 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Volume Controller Storage Engine
 2146-V1A |X| IBM TotalStorage 2146 SAN Integration Server
          | |
 ---------+-+--------SCSI DEVICES---------------------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 3995-C60 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 3995-C62 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 3995-C64 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 3995-C66 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 3995-C68 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 7210-020 |X| IBM CR-ROM Model 020
 7210-025 |X| 4.7GB DVDRAM Drive
          | |
 ---------+-+--------TAPE-----------------------------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 3490-F00 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F00
 3490-F01 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F01
 3490-F11 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F11
 3494-B10 |X| IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS) Model B10
 3494-B18 |X| IBM Magstar Virtual Tape Server  Model B18
 3494-B20 |X| IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS) Model B20
 3494-D12 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model D12
 3494-D22 |X| IBM TOTALSTORAGE ENTERPRISE AUTOMATED TAPE LIBRARY
          | |      3494-D22
 3494-D24 |X| IBM TOTALSTORAGE ENTERPRISE AUTOMATED TAPE LIBRARY
          | |      3494-D24
 3494-L12 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model L12
 3494-L22 |X| IBM TOTALSTORAGE ENTERPRISE AUTOMATED TAPE LIBRARY
          | |      3494-L22
 3570-B00 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B00
 3570-B01 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B01
 3570-B02 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B02
 3570-B11 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B11
 3570-B12 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B12
 3570-B1A |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model B1A
 3570-C00 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C00
 3570-C01 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C01
 3570-C02 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C02
 3570-C11 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C11
 3570-C12 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C12
 3575-L06 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L06
 3575-L12 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L12
 3575-L18 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L18
 3575-L24 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L24
 3575-L32 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L32
 3577-L5U |X| IBM System Storage TS3400 Tape Library
 3580-H11 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Bridge Box (HVD)
 3580-H13 |X| LTO Ultrium Tape Drive
 3580-H23 |X| IBM Total Storage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive Model H23
 3580-L11 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Bridge Box (LVD)
 3580-L13 |X| LTO Ultrium Tape Drive
 3580-L23 |X| IBM Total Storage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive Model L23
 3581-H13 |X| LTO Ultrium Tape Autoloader
 3581-H17 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Autoloader (HVD)
 3581-H23 |X| IBM TOTALSTORAGE ULTRIUM TAPE AUTOLOADER 3581 MODELS H23
 3581-L13 |X| LTO Ultrium Tape Autoloader
 3581-L17 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Autoloader (LVD)
 3581-L28 |X| IBM Total Storage Ultrium Tape U2 Autoloader
 3583-L18 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Tape Library - Scalable
 3583-L36 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Tape Library - Scalable
 3583-L72 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Tape Library - Scalable
 3584-D32 |X| IBM Ultrium 3584 Ultra-Scalable Tape Library - Base Frame
 3584-L32 |X| IBM Ultrium 3584 Ultra-Scalable Tape Library - Expansion
          | |      Frame
 3590-B11 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Subsystem Model B11
 3590-B1A |X| IBM Magstar Tape Subsystem Model B1A
 3590-C12 |X| IBM Magstar Silo Compatible Frame Model C1A
 3590-E11 |X| Magstar Tape Subsystem
 3590-E1A |X| Magstar Tape Subsystem
 3590-H11 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive 3590 Model H11
 3590-H1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive 3590 Model H1A
 3592-C20 |X| IBM TOTALSTORAGE SILO COMPATIBLE TAPE DRIVE FRAME 3592-C20
 3592-E05 |X| IBM System Storage TS1120 Tape Drive
 3592-J1A |X| IBM TOTALSTORAGE ENTERPRISE TAPE DRIVE 3592 MODEL J1A
 7205-550 |X|External Digital Linear Tape Drive
 7206-220 |X| IBM 20GB External 4MM DDS-4 Tape Drive Model 220
 7206-336 |X| IBM External 36 GB DAT72 (DDS Gen5) Tape Drive
 7206-VX2 |X| IBM 7206-VX2 External Tape Drive
 7206-VX3 |X| IBM 7206-VX3 External Tape Drive
 7207-122 |X| IBM 4GB External SLR5 QIC Tape Drive Model 122
 7207-330 |X| 7207-330 IBM Tape Drive
 7208-341 |X| IBM 20GB External 8MM Tape Drive Model 341
 7208-345 |X| IBM 7208 Model 345 60GB External 8MM Tape Drive
 7212-102 |X| IU Dual-bay Storage Device Enclosure (Tape or DVD)
 7212-103 |X| IBM 7212-103 Storage Tape & DVD Enclosure Exp Model
 7212-312 |X| IU UXA Tape Autoloader
 7332-220 |X| IBM 4MM DDS-4 Tape Cartridge Autoloader Model 220
 7334-410 |X| IBM 7334 Model 410 8MM Tape Library (MAM2 4x30)
 7337-360 |X| IBM 7337 Digital Linear Tape Library Model 360
          | |
 ---------+-+--------EXPANSION CABINETS---------------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 2032-C36 |X| McDATA Model 0C3 FC-512 Cabinet for McDATA Directors and
          | |      Fabric Switch
 2042-C40 |X| Inrange 40U Cabinet
 2109-C36 |X| IBM TotalStorage San Cabinet C36
 7014-T00 |X| 1.8 Meter System Rack - 36U
 7014-T42 |X| 2.0 Meter System Rack - 42U
 7031-D24 |X| Ultra 320 SCSI Expandable Disk Storage Enclosures
 7031-T24 |X| Ultra 320 SCSI Expandable Disk Storage Enclosures
 7311-D10 |X| IBM 7311 Model D10 Rack-Mounted Expansion Drawer
 7311-D11 |X| IBM 7311 Model D11 Rack-Mounted Expansion Drawer
 7311-D20 |X| IBM 7311 Model D20 Rack-Mounted Expansion Drawer
 9411-100 |X| i5OS Partition I/O Content for p5 Server
 
 ---------+-+--------SERVICES-------------------------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 0463-001 |X| Software Customization (CCS)
 0463-002 |X| Center for Customized Solutions (CCS)
 

The following TotalStorage external machine types are supported on the indicated models for MT 9110. This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported through standard ports. Please refer to the sales manual of the TotalStorage external machine type and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of the AIX sales manual for further attach support information.

          |5|  X = SUPPORTED DEVICE
          |7|
          |0|
          | |
 MT-MOD   | |        DESCRIPTION
 -----------------------------------------------------------------
 2861-001 |X| IBM 2861 SystemStorage N5000 Model 001
 2863-A10 |X| IBM 2863 SystemStorage N3700 Model A10
 2863-A20 |X| IBM 2863 SystemStorage N3700 Model A20
 2864-A10 |X| IBM 2864 SystemStorage N5000 Model A10
 2864-A20 |X| IBM 2864 SystemStorage N5000 Model A20
 2865-A10 |X| IBM 2865 SystemStorage N5000 Model A10
 2865-A20 |X| IBM 2865 SystemStorage N5000 Model A20
 2870-631 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 631
 2870-632 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 632
 2870-641 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 641
 2870-642 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 642
 2870-651 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 651
 2870-652 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 652
 

Feature Availability Matrix

The following feature availability matrix for MT 9117 uses the letter "A" to indicate features that are available and orderable on the specified models. "S" indicates a feature that is supported on the new model during a model conversion; these features will work on the new model, but additional quantities of these features cannot be ordered on the new model; they can only be removed. "N" indicates that the feature is not supported on the new model and must be removed during the model conversion. As additional features are announced, supported, or withdrawn, this list will be updated. Please check with your Marketing Representative for additional information.

        |5| A = AVAILABLE  S = SUPPORTED
        |7| N = NOT SUPPORTED, MUST BE REMOVED
        |0|
FEAT/PN | |        DESCRIPTION
--------|-|-----------------------------------------
0265    |A| AIX Partition Specify
0266    |A| Linux Partition Specify
0267    |A| i5/OS Partition Specify
0453    |S| Customer Specified Placement
0530    |A| i5/OS Version V5R3 Specify
0531    |A| V5R3 OS, V5R3M5 Machine  Code Specify
0532    |A| V5R4 OS, V5R4M0 Machine Code Specify
0983    |A| US TAA Compliance Indicator
0986    |A| CCS Customer Service Specify (US)
1800    |S| RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter
1810    |S| GX Dual-port 4x HCA
1835    |S| 3 meter 4x Cable
1836    |S| 8 meter 4x Cable
1839    |A| 1.5 meter 4x Cable
1846    |S| Operator Panel
1847    |A| Processor Cable, Two-Drawer System
1848    |A| Processor Cable, Three-Drawer System
1849    |A| Processor Cable, Four-Drawer System
1857    |A| SP Flex Cable, Two-Drawer System
1858    |A| SP Flex Cable, Three-Drawer System
1859    |A| SP Flex Cable, Four-Drawer System
2114    |S| PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable
2118    |S| Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
2424    |S| 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable
2425    |S| 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable
2456    |A| LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2459    |A| LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2498    |S| PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter
2591    |A| External USB 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
2640    |A| IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
2737    |S| Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card - PCI
2738    |S| 2 Port USB PCI Adapter
2848    |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator
2849    |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
2861    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
2863    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
2864    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
2877    |S| IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable
2934    |A| Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
2936    |A| Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24
2943    |S| 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
2944    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus
2946    |S| Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter
2947    |S| IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
2951    |S| Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
2952    |S| Cable, V.35
2953    |S| Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
2954    |S| Cable, X.21
2962    |S| 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
3124    |A| Serial to Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer
3125    |A| Serial to Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack
3146    |S| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.2M
3147    |S| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 3.5M
3148    |S| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 10M
3156    |A| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.75M
3168    |S| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 2.5M
3273    |N| 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3274    |S| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3275    |A| 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3277    |S| 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3278    |S| 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3279    |S| 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3578    |S| 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3585    |S| 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive
3627    |S| IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable
3628    |S| IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
3635    |S| T210 Flat-Panel Monitor
3636    |S| L200P Flat Panel Monitor
3637    |S| IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor
3638    |S| IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and  Cable
3639    |S| IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
3640    |S| IBM ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
3641    |S| IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
3642    |S| ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
3643    |S| IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
3644    |S| IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
3645    |S| IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor
3647    |S| 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3648    |S| 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3649    |S| 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3652    |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M
3653    |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M
3654    |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M
3661    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3M
3662    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 6M
3663    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 15M
3684    |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
        | |single path 3M
3685    |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
        | |single path 6M
3691    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 1.5 M
3692    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3 M
3693    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 6 M
3694    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 15 M
3925    |A| Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
3926    |S| Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
3927    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
3928    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
4242    |A| 6 Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15 pin D-shell to 15
        | |      pin D-shell)
4256    |A| Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M
4353    |S| H-100 Bus 8-position Cable
4452    |S| 2 GB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, DDR1 SDRAM
4453    |A| 4 GB (4x1GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM
4454    |S| 8 GB (4x2GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM
4490    |S| 4 GB (4x1GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM
4491    |S| 16 GB (4x4GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM
4492    |S| 32 GB (4x8GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 200 MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM
4494    |S| 16 GB (4x4GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 200 MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM
4495    |S| 4/8GB (4X2GB) DIMMS, 276 PIN 533 MHz, DDR2 SDRAM
4496    |S| 8/16GB (4X4GB) DIMMs, 276 PIN, 533 MHz DDR2 SDRAM
4497    |S| 16GB (4X4GB) DIMMs, 276 PIN, 533 MHz, DDR2 SDRAM
4498    |S| 32GB (4X8GB) DIMMs, 276 pin, 400MHz DDR2 SDRAM
4499    |S| 16GB (4X4GB) DIMMs, 276 pin, 400MHz DDR2 SDRAM
One and only one rack indicator features is required on
all orders (#4650 to #4666).
4650    |A| Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated
4651    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #1
4652    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #2
4653    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #3
4654    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #4
4655    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #5
4656    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #6
4657    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #7
4658    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #8
4659    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #9
4660    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #10
4661    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #11
4662    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #12
4663    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #13
4664    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #14
4665    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #15
4666    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #16
4691    |S| Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box To Drawer Or Status
        | |      Beacon
4692    |S| Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box Daisy Chain
4693    |S| Rack Status Beacon Junction Box
4764    |S| PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
4953    |S| IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter
4957    |S| IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter
4959    |S| IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter
4960    |S| IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator
4961    |S| IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter
4962    |S| 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
4963    |S| PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)
4964    |S| PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor
5001    |S| Customer Service Specify
5005    |A| Software Preinstall
5647    |A| Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard
        | |  Slot
5700    |A| IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
5701    |A| IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5703    |S| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
5706    |A| IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5707    |A| IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
5709    |S| Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card
5712    |S| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5713    |A| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
5714    |A| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
5716    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
5718    |S| 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5719    |S| IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
5721    |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5722    |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5723    |S| 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
5728    |S| Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card
5736    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5726    |A| Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card
5737    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
5740    |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
5751    |A| IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
5758    |A| 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5759    |S| 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5886    |S| EXP 12S Expansion Drawer
5902    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
5912    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter
5922    |A| Non-paired SAS RAID indicator
5951    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
5952    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
5953    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
5954    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
5955    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
5956    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
5957    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
5958    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian
        | | Portuguese, #275
5959    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
5960    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
5961    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
5962    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
5963    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058
5964    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/French, #120
5965    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
5966    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
5967    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
5968    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/
        | | German, #150
5969    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
5970    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
5971    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
5972    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
5973    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
5974    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
5975    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
5976    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
5977    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
5978    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
5979    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
5980    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
5981    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
5982    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
5983    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English
        | | International, #103P
6001    |S| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter
6006    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter
6007    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter
6008    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter
6029    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 30 meter
6203    |S| PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter
6204    |S| PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter
6228    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus
6230    |S| Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter
6231    |S| 128 MByte DRAM Option Card
6235    |S| 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card
6239    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
6458    |A| Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A
6469    |A| Power Cord (14-foot) ,To Wall,  (250V, 15A), United States,
        | |      Plug Type #5
6470    |A| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4
6471    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (125V, 15A), Plug
        | |      Type #70
6472    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 16A), Plug
        | |      Type #18
6473    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | |      Type 19
6474    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 13A), Plug
        | |      Type #23
6475    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 16A), Plug
        | |      Type #32
6476    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | |      Type #24
6477    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 16A), Plug
        | |      Type #22
6478    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 16A), Plug
        | |      Type #25
6479    |S| Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | |      Type #6
6487    |S| Power Cord (6-foot) ,To Wall,  (250V, 15A), United States,
        | |      Plug Type #5
6488    |A| Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU,  (125V, 15A or 250V,
        | |      10A), Plug Type #2
6493    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | |      Type #62
6494    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | |      Type #69
6495    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug
        | |      Type #73
6496    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | |      Type #66
6598    |A| Disk Slot Fillers (Quantity 4)
6651    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (125V, 15A), Plug
        | |      Type #75
6659    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 15A), Plug
        | |      Type #76
6669    |A| Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU,  (250V, 15A),
        | |      Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking)
6670    |A| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59
        | |      (DENAN marking)
6671    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU,  250V/10A
6672    |A| Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6680    |A| Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | |      Type #6, Insulated
6687    |A| Power Cord (6-foot),To Wall,  (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57
        | |      (DENAN marking)
7049    |S| 8/16GB (4x4GB) DIMMs, CUoD, 8GB Active, 200 MHz DDR1
7164    |A| IBM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit
7165    |S| OEM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit
7300    |A| System Drawer Enclosure w/ Bezel
7305    |A| AAP Software Pre-Install Indicator
7549    |S| Quantity 150 of #3647
7564    |S| Quantity 150 of #3648
7565    |S| Quantity 150 of #3649
7618    |A| One way Processor Activation for Processor FC 8338
7624    |A| On/Off Processor Billing Day for FC 8338
7663    |S| 1GB  DDR2 Memory  Activation
7665    |S| One way Processor Activation for Processor FC 7782
7666    |A| 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for one 1.9GHz Processor
        | | on FC 7782
7718    |A| On/Off Processor day billing for FC 7782
7728    |A| 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for one 2.2GHz Processor
        | | on FC 8338
7768    |A| Processor Power Regulator
7782    |A| 2-Way 1.9 GHz POWER5+  Processor Card, 0-way active, 8
        | | DDR2 Memory Slots
7801    |A| Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System
        | |      Unit
7802    |A| Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to System
        | |      Unit
7830    |S| 2-Way 1.65 GHz POWER5 CUoD Processor Card, 0-Way Active, 8
        | |      DDR1 Memory DIMM Slots
7832    |S| 2-Way 1.9 GHz POWER5 CUoD Processor Card, 0-Way Active, 8
        | |      DDR1 Memory DIMM Slots
7833    |S| 2-Way 1.9 GHz POWER5 CUoD Processor Card, 0-Way Active, 8
        | |      DDR2 Memory DIMM Slots
7834    |S| 2-Way 1.5 GHz POWER5 Processor Card, 0-Way Entitled, 8 DDR1
        | |      Memory DIMM Slots
7861    |A| PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Short Adapters,
        | |      Type II
7862    |S| PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Type II
7863    |A| PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type III
7865    |S| Processor Enclosure And Backplane
7866    |S| I/O Backplane, 6 PCI-X Slots
7867    |S| System Midplane
7868    |S| Ultra320 SCSI 6-pack Backplane
7869    |S| Media Enclosure And Backplane
7870    |A| Power Distribution Backplane
7875    |S| Processor Power Regulator
7878    |S| System Port Riser Card
7879    |S| System Drawer Enclosure
7881    |S| Service Processor
7888    |A| AC Power Supply, 1400 W
7890    |S| 4/8GB (4x2GB) DIMMs, CUoD, 4GB Active, 266 MHz DDR1
7892    |S| 2 GB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2 SDRAM
7893    |S| 4 GB (4x1GB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2 SDRAM
7894    |S| 8 GB (4x2GB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2 SDRAM
7897    |S| One Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7830
7898    |S| One Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7832
7899    |S| One Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7833
7929    |S| One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #7834
7942    |A| Advanced POWER Virtualization
7950    |S| 1024MB Activation for DDR1 Memory
7951    |A| On/Off Processor Enablement
7952    |A| On/Off Processor Day Billing for Feature 7830
7953    |A| On/Off Processor Day Billing for Feature 7832
7954    |A| On/Off Memory Enablement
7955    |A| On/Off Processor Day Billing for Feature 7833
7956    |A| 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for 1.65 GHz Processors
7957    |A| On/Off Memory 1 GB-Day Billing
7959    |A| 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for 1.9 GHz Processors
7997    |S|  System Service Processor
8052    |A| 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, Express Configuration, Factory Only
8131    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter
8132    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)
8133    |S| RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable
8136    |S| Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
8137    |S| Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
8338    |A| 2-Way 2.2 GHz POWER5+  Processor Card, 0-way active, 8
        | | DDR2 Memory Slots
8430    |S| Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9800, Model Conversion
        | |      Only
8431    |S| Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9802, Model Conversion
        | |      Only
8432    |S| Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9820, Model Conversion
        | |      Only
8433    |S| Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9821, Model Conversion
        | |      Only
8434    |S| Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9825, Model Conversion
        | |      Only
8435    |S| Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9827, Model Conversion
        | |      Only
8436    |S| Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9828, Model Conversion
        | |      Only
8437    |S| Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9829, Model Conversion
        | |      Only
8438    |S| Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9830, Model Conversion
        | |      Only
8439    |S| Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9831, Model Conversion
        | |      Only
8440    |S| Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9833, Model Conversion
        | |      Only
8441    |S| Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9834, Model Conversion
        | |      Only
8452    |S| Zero-priced Value Pak Processor Activation Code for #7830
8454    |S| Zero-priced Value Pak Processor Activation Code for #7832
8455    |S| Zero-priced Value Pak Processor Activation Code for #7833
8456    |S| Zero-priced Value Pak Processor Entitlement for #7834
8800    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English,
        | |      #103P
8801    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189
8802    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142
8803    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | |      German/Austrian, #129
8804    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166
8805    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172
8806    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194
8807    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | |      Brazilian/Portuguese, #275
8808    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian
        | |      French, #058
8810    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Belgian/Dutch,
        | |      #120
8811    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | |      Swedish/Finnish, #153
8812    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159
8813    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442
8814    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | |      Swiss/French/German, #150F/G
8816    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155
8817    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Dutch, #143
8818    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese, #163
8819    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319
8820    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212
8821    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208
8823    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214
8825    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245
8826    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243
8827    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179
8829    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171
8830    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238
8833    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Korean, #413
8834    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #467
8835    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French
        | |      Canadian, #445
8836    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191
8838    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443
8839    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | |      Yugoslavian/Latin, #105
8840    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English
        | |      (EMEA), #103P
8841    |S| Mouse - Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable
8845    |A| USB Mouse
9004    |A| Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors
9169    |A| Order Routing Indicator - System Plant
9300    |A| Language Group Specify - US English
9461    |A| Month Indicator
9462    |A| Day Indicator
9463    |A| Hour Indicator
9464    |A| Minute Indicator
9465    |A| Qty Indicator
9466    |A| Countable Member Indicator
9570    |A| Reserved Rack Space Indicator - 4U
9700    |A| Language Group Specify - Dutch
9703    |A| Language Group Specify - French
9704    |A| Language Group Specify - German
9705    |A| Language Group Specify - Polish
9707    |A| Language Group Specify - Portuguese
9708    |A| Language Group Specify - Spanish
9711    |A| Language Group Specify - Italian
9712    |A| Language Group Specify - Canadian French
9714    |A| Language Group Specify - Japanese
9715    |A| Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
9716    |A| Language Group Specify - Korean
9718    |A| Language Group Specify - Turkish
9719    |A| Language Group Specify - Hungarian
9720    |A| Language Group Specify - Slovakian
9721    |A| Language Group Specify - Russian
9722    |A| Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
9724    |A| Language Group Specify - Czech
9725    |A| Language Group Specify - Romanian
9727    |A| Language Group Specify - Slovenian
EQ77    |A| Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A
EU08    |A| RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive
 

Model conversions

From         To
Type  Model  Type  Model   Description
----  -----  ----  ------  ------------------------------------------
7038   6M2   9117  570(1)  IBM 9117-570 Mid-range Rack-mounted Server
 

Note: (1) Parts removed or replaced become the property of IBM and must be returned.
Back to topBack to top
 

Technical description
TOC Link Physical specifications TOC Link Operating environment TOC Link Limitations
TOC Link Hardware requirements TOC Link Software requirements


Summary of standard features for IBM System p5 model 570:

  • Configurations consist of 1, 2, 3, or 4 rack drawers, each 4U high

  • Systems can be 2-, 4-, 8-, 12-, or 16-way SMP design

  • 1.9 GHz 2.2 GHz POWER5+ 64-bit processors cards, each 2-way

  • All processor cards are 2-way, with 0-way active. At least two processors must be activated by ordering the appropriate activation features.

  • Two processor card slots per system drawer

  • Minimum of 2 GB of DDR2 memory - maximum of 512 GB

  • Six hot-swap disk drive bays per drawer - split 6-pack backplane
    • One to twenty-four internal SCSI disks

  • Optional two media bays per drawer - Up to eight DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM features per system (optional)

  • Two RIO-2 ports per drawer for attaching external 7311 I/O drawers

  • A maximum of six hot-swap PCI-X slots per drawer:

    • Five 64-bit, 3.3 volt, 133 MHz (long)

    • One 64-bit, 3.3 volt, 133 MHz (short); This slot can also be used to support the RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter (#1800), if needed.

  • Two hot-swap power supplies per drawer

  • Service Processor Card - optional redundant Service Provider Card in multi-drawer configurations

  • Integrated functions in each drawer:

    • Dual 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet ports

    • Two Ultra320 SCSI controllers (internal) with support for an optional RAID daughter card

    • Redundant hot-swap cooling fans

    • Two USB 2.0 ports

    • Two system ports (serial) in the base CEC Enclosure

    • Two HMC ports active in the CEC Enclosure(s) with the Service Provider card

    • Two Remote I/O (RIO-2) ports

Physical specifications

p5 Model 570 System Unit:

  • Width: 483 mm (19.0 in)
  • Depth: 790 mm (31.1 in)
  • Height: 174.1 mm (6.85 in)
  • Weight: 63.6 kg (140 lb)

Dimensions and specifications shown are for a single drawer. Model 570 systems can have one to four drawers.

To help assure installability and serviceability in non-IBM, industry-standard racks, review the vendor's installation planning information for any product-specific installation requirements.

Operating environment

  • Temperature: 5 to 35 degrees C (41 to 95 F)
  • Relative humidity: 8 % to 80 %
  • Maximum wet bulb: 23 degrees C (73 F) (operating)
  • Noise level: 6.8 bels (operating)

Power requirements

  • Operating voltage: 200 to 240 V ac 50/60 Hz
  • Power consumption: 1,300 watts (maximum per 4-way drawer)
  • Power source loading: 1.37 kVA (per drawer maximum configuration)
  • Thermal output: 1,349 joules/sec (4,437 Btu/hr) (per drawer maximum configuration)

EMC conformance classification

This equipment is subject to FCC rules and it shall comply with the appropriate FCC rules before final delivery to the buyer or centers of distribution.

  • US - FCC CFR47 Part 15 Class A
  • Europe - CISPR 22 Class A; "CE" Mark of Conformity
  • Japan - VCCI-1
  • Korea - Korean Requirement Class A

Homologation - Telecom environmental testing (Safety and EMC)

Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated with the IBM Homologation and Type Approval (H&TA) organization in LaGaude.

This IBM pSeries model and applicable features meet the environmental testing requirements of the country TELECOM and have been designed and tested in compliance with the Full Quality Assurance Approval (FQAA) process as delivered by the British Approval Board for Telecom (BABT), the U.K. Telecom Regulatory authority.

Product safety/Country testing/Certification

  • US: UL
  • Canada: CNL (CSA or cUL)
  • Germany/Europe: GS Mark (Safety, TUV, EN60 950)

General requirements

The p5 model 570 is in compliance with IBM Corporate Bulletin C-B 0-2594-000 Statement of Conformity of IBM Product to External Standard (Suppliers Declaration).

Limitations

Processors

  • A p5 570 system can have from 1 to 4 system drawers. Each drawer has two processor slots. A system with one drawer may have one or two processor cards installed. A system with 2, 3, or 4 drawers must have two processor cards in each drawer.

  • When two or more processor cards are installed, all cards must have the same processor frequency.

  • Each processor card has two processors and eight memory DIMM slots. The DIMM slots are different for DDR1 and DDR2 memory. All processor cards must support the same memory technology, either DDR1 or DDR2.

  • Systems configured with 1.5 GHz processors have a maximum of eight processors and two drawers.

  • All processor cards require one Processor Power Regulator. A second Processor Power regulator provides redundant power support. Three power regulators in one drawer provides a redundant power regulator at the drawer level.

  • Processors #7832 and 7833 require the use of a redundant Processor Power Regulators #7875 or #7768. One processor card requires the use of two Regulators #7875 or #7768 per drawer. Two Processor cards require the use of three Regulators #7875 or #7768 per drawer.

  • Processor #8338 requires the use of a redundant Processor Power Regulators #7768. One processor card requires the use of two Regulators #7768 per drawer. Two Processor cards require the use of three Regulators #7768 per drawer.

Memory

  • The 9117-570 must contain a minimum of 2 GB of system memory. Memory is expandable up to a maximum of 512 GB with DDR1 DIMMs, or a maximum of 256 GB or 512 GB (processor dependent) with DDR2 DIMMs.

  • Memory is installed in groups of four DIMMs mounted on the processor cards. Each processor card must contain 4 DIMMs minimum. Each processor card has 8 DIMM slots.

  • DDR1 memory is supported on 1.5 GHz processor cards (#7834), 1.65 GHz processor cards (#7830), and 1.9 GHz processor cards (#7832). DDR2 memory is supported on 1.9 GHz processor cards (#7833), 1.9 GHz processor card (#7782), and 2.2 GHz processor card (#8338). All DIMMs in a p5-570 system must use the same memory technology, either DDR1 or DDR2.

  • Each processor card must have at least 2 GB of memory installed.

  • It is recommended that each processor card have an equal amount of memory installed. Balancing memory across the installed processor cards allows memory accesses in a coordinated, parallel manner and can be utilized to provide enhanced performance.

  • Memory features #4499 (16 GB DDR2) and #4498 (32 GB DDR2) can only be used with 2.2 GHz processor feature (#8338).

  • Features #4498 and #4499 can be mixed on the same processor card (#8338). No other memory features can be installed on the same processor card with #4498 or #4499.

  • The presence of memory feature #4498 or #4499 in a CEC Drawer will reduce the frequency of all memory in the system to 400 MHz.

  • The presence of memory features #4492, #4494, or #7049 in a CEC drawer will reduce the frequency of all memory in the system to 200 MHz.

  • Memory features #4492, #4494, and #7049 can be mixed on the same processor card. No other memory features can be installed on the same processor card with #4492, #4494, or #7049.

  • Plans for future memory upgrades should be taken into account to obtain enhanced performance without limiting future memory expansion.

Power

  • There are two power supplies per CEC Enclosure - the second is required to provide redundant power for enhanced system availability.

  • All processor cards require one Processor Power Regulator. A second Processor Power regulator provides redundant power support. Three power regulators in one drawer provides a redundant power regulator at the drawer level.

  • All multi-drawer systems must include 3 Processor Power Regulators in each drawer, providing redundant support at the drawer level.

Power Distribution Units

For systems installed in IBM 7014 racks, the following Power Distribution Unit (PDU) rules apply (not all PDUs are available in all Models of the 7014):

  • For PDU features 9176, 9177, 7176, 7177: Each pair of PDUs can power up to 3 p570 server drawers (3 drawers per 2 PDUs).

  • For PDU features 9178, 7178: Each pair of PDU's can power up to 6 p570 server drawers (6 drawers per 2 PDUs).

  • For PDU features 9188, 7188, when using power cord 6654, 6655, 6656, 6657, or 6658: Each pair of PDUs can power up to 3 p570 server drawers (3 drawers per 2 PDUs).

  • For PDU features 9188, 7188, when using power cord 6489, 6491, 6492, or 6653: Each pair of PDUs can power up to 6 p570 server drawers (6 drawers per 2 PDUs).

  • Each server drawer has two power supplies, which must be connected to separate PDUs to provide full redundancy.

  • Server power cords should be evenly spread across the available PDU power outlets, to distribute the current across multiple circuit breakers.

Racks

  • The model 570 consists of 1 to 4 system drawers. Each drawer occupies 4U of vertical rack space. The p5-570 is designed to be installed in a 7014-T00 or 7014-T42 rack. An existing T00 or T42 rack can be used for model 570 if sufficient space and power are available. Model 570 is not supported in the withdrawn 7015-R00 and 7014-S00 racks.

  • For p5-570 configurations with 2, 3, or 4 drawers, all drawers must be installed together in the same rack, in a continuous space of 8U, 12U, or 16U within the rack.

  • When a p5 570 system is installed in an IBM 7014-T00 or 7014-T42 rack that has no front door, a Thin Profile Front Trim Kit must ordered for the rack. The front bezel on a model 570 drawer is too wide to be used with the previously announced rack trim kits (features #6107 and #6081). The required trim kit for the 7014-T00 rack is feature #6246. The required trim kit for the 7014-T42 rack is feature #6247.

  • The IBM 7014-T42 rack is constructed with a small flange at the bottom of EIA location 37. This requires special placement rules when a model 570 system is installed near the top of a 7014-T42 rack, to avoid interference with the front bezel or with the front flex cable, depending on the system configuration. No system drawer can be installed in EIA positions 34, 35, or 36. A two-drawer system can not be installed above position 29. A three-drawer system can not be installed above position 25. A four-drawer system can not be installed above position 21. (The position number refers to bottom of the lowest drawer.)

  • The design of the p5 model 570 is optimized for use in an IBM 7014-T00 or T42 rack. Both the front cover and the processor flex cables occupy space on the front left side of an IBM 7014 rack that may not be available in typical non-IBM racks. The use of non-IBM racks may limit a customer's ability to exploit these ease-of-use, upgradability and serviceability enhancements in the future.

I/O Drawers

  • Model 570 systems can be attached to 7311-D10, 7311-D11, or 7311-D20 I/O drawers, using the standard and optional RIO-2 ports.

  • The maximum number of attached RIO-2 I/O drawers depends on the number of system drawers, as follows:
    • One-drawer systems support up to 8 I/O drawers
    • Two-drawer systems support up to 12 I/O drawers
    • Three-drawer systems support up to 16 I/O drawers
    • Four-drawer systems support up to 20 I/O drawers

  • When a 7311-D10 or 7311-D20 I/O drawer is attached to a model 570 system, the I/O drawer must be configured with a RIO-2 Remote I/O adapter. The supported RIO-2 adapter for 7311-D10 is feature #6431. The supported RIO-2 adapter for 7311-D20 is feature #6417. The previous RIO adapters, #6414 and #6413, can not be used for attachment to a model 570 system.

  • When a 7311-D10 or a 7311-D20 I/O drawer is attached to a model 570 system, some PCI adapters are not supported. The following 7311-D10 and/or 7311-D20 features must not be installed in an I/O drawer if it is attached to a model 570 system. If they are present in a previously configured I/O drawer, they must be removed prior to attachment to a p5 570.
    • IBM Short-wave Serial HIPPI PCI Adapter for RS/6000 (#2732)
    • IBM Long-wave Serial HIPPI PCI Adapter for RS/6000 (#2733)
    • S/390 ESCON Channel PCI Adapter (#2751)
    • IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk PCI Adapter (#6310)
    • SP Switch2 PCI-X Attachment Adapter (#8398)

I/O Drawer Attachment

  • It is recommended that any attached I/O drawers be located in the same rack as the p5-570 server for ease of service, but they can be installed in separate racks, if desired.

  • I/O drawers are connected to the p5-570 drawer via the following cables:
    • RIO cables for data transfer
    • Power control cables

  • RIO cable connections are always made in loops to help protect against a single point-of-failure resulting from an open, missing, or disconnected cable. Model 570 systems with non-looped configurations could experience degraded performance and serviceability. If a non-loop connection is detected, a problem is reported.

  • Each p5-570 system drawer has two integrated RIO-2 ports, which support a single RIO loop. If a second RIO loop is required, two additional RIO-2 ports can be configured by ordering the #1800 RIO-2 adapter.

  • When the #1800 RIO-2 adapter is installed in a system drawer, no adapter cards can be installed in PCI-X slot #6. The #1800 RIO-2 adapter is supported only in system drawers that have two processor cards.

  • Up to eight RIO loops are available, each supporting up to four I/O drawers and up to a maximum of twenty I/O drawers per system. A minimum of two RIO cables are required to attach the first I/O drawer on each RIO loop. A third drawer-to-drawer RIO cable is required to complete the loop when an additional I/O drawer is attached to the loop. RIO cables are available in various lengths to attach I/O drawers within a single rack or across multiple racks, if desired.
    • #3146 = 1.2 meters
    • #3147 = 3.5 meters
    • #3148 = 10 meters
    • #3156 = 1.75 meters
    • #3168 = 2.5 meters

  • Power control for the remote I/O drawers is provided via SPCN cable loops for each RIO attachment loop. The number of power control (SPCN) cables required is equal to one plus the number of I/O drawers attached to the system drawer. A minimum of two power control cables (#6006 = 3 meters, #6029 = 30 meters) are required for attachment of the first I/O drawer. Each additional I/O drawer requires one additional power control cable to complete the loop attachment. If the p5-570 is configured with remote I/O drawers and the optional redundant Service Processor Card an additional power control cable (#6006 or similar) is required for the connection between the two Service Processor cards.

Integrated I/O ports

  • Although each system drawer is equipped with two integrated system port (serial) external connectors, only two system ports are activated in a multi-drawer configuration. Integrated system ports are functional in the drawer that has the active Service Processor (#7881 or #7997) installed. This will be the base CEC enclosure. Integrated system ports in other system drawers are not functional. If a redundant Service Processor is added to the system, an HMC is required and the two integrated system ports (serial) will no longer function.

  • Each system has two HMC ports on each installed Service Processor Card (#7881 or #7997). Only system drawers with Service Processor Cards (#7881 or #7997) have HMC ports.

  • The two integrated System Ports are not supported when a Hardware Management Console is connected to the system. Either the HMC ports or the integrated system ports can be used, but not both.

  • The integrated System Ports are supported for modem and async terminal connections. Other applications requiring a serial port attachment will need a separate serial port adapter feature to be purchased and installed in a PCI slot. The integrated system ports (serial) do not support HACMP configurations.

Disks, Media, and Boot Devices

  • Boot is supported via SCSI adapters, or from a network via LAN adapters.

  • The minimum configuration requires at least one disk drive having a capacity of 36.4 GB or greater.

  • Each system drawer can support up to two media devices when the optional #7869 media backplane is ordered. Any combination of DVD-ROM and DVD-RAM drives can be installed, up to eight media devices in a four-drawer system.

  • When the optional Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card (#5728) is added to the drawer it will override the internal split backplane function and combine all 6 DASD files to one RAID controller.

  • Note that 1722-6LU (TotalStorage DS4300 Midrange Disk System) is only supported under Linux Operating System.

PCI Slots and Adapters

  • Each p5-570 system drawer has six PCI-X slots. All slots operate at 3.3 volts. There are five full-length 64-bit slots and one short 64-bit slot.

  • The p5-570 PCI slot population rules are complex. The following PCI slot and adapter limitations are provided for general guidance. Extensive configuration rules and checking procedures are incorporated into the ECFGRS6000 configurator to help ensure valid system configurations. Configurations generated without utilizing the ECFGPWR configurator may create orders that cannot be manufactured, resulting in possible order rejection and delayed delivery.

  • System maximum limits for adapters and devices may not provide optimal system performance. These limits are given to assist with connectivity and functional assurance.

  • When the model 570 is attached to one or more I/O drawers, additional rules apply for some PCI adapters regarding the maximum supported adapter quantities for the combined system. For adapters not shown in the list below, the combined maximum quantity is determined by the maximum quantities for each attached I/O drawer. The adapters in the following list are limited to the combined maximum quantity shown.
    (#2943) - 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus   42
    (#2944) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus             42
    (#6204) - PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter         42
    (#2849) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator w/Digital Support   8
    (#4959) - IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter                            20
    (#4960) - IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator              32
     
    

Hot-Plug Options

  • The following options are hot-plug capable:
    • System power supplies
    • Disk drives
    • Most PCI adapters
    • Processor power regulators

  • Hot-plug procedures are contained in the eServer p5 model 570 Installation Guide.

  • Any PCI adapter supporting the system boot device or system console is not hot-plugged.

  • The following adapters are not hot-plug capable:
    • POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support (#2849)
    • 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter (#2962)

Logical Partitioning (LPAR)

  • Dynamic LPAR allows up to one partition per processor.

  • Up to ten partitions per processor are supported when Advanced POWER Virtualization (#7942) is ordered. This function requires AIX 5L V5.3 or SUSE SLES 9 for POWER.

  • A Hardware Management Console is required for all LPAR configurations.

  • For Linux partitions, a DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM and a Media Enclosure and Backplane (#7869) are required.

Model Conversions

  • Customers who own an IBM pSeries 650 (7038-6M2) may convert their system to an IBM System p5 570 system. System hardware for the new model will consist of one or more drawers to replace the old system chassis. Supported features from the old model will be transferred to the new system. The same configuration rules apply to model conversions and to new system orders.

  • Model conversions allow any valid number of processors in the new model, regardless of the number of processors in the old model. The valid processor quantities are 2, 4, 8, 12, and 16.

  • Any supported memory and disk drive features that are transferred from the old system can be counted toward the requirements for processor activations at no additional charge, using the same Value Pak rules that apply to new system orders.

Hardware requirements

The p5 model 570 must be installed in a new or existing 7014-T00 or T42 rack with power distribution features 9176, 9177, 9178, or 9188, or equivalent rack. This provides:

  • Proper dimensions
  • Mounting surfaces
  • Power distribution
  • Ventilation
  • Stability
  • Other functional requirements

The design of the p5 model 570 is optimized for use in an IBM 7014-T00 or T42 rack. Both the front cover and the processor flex cables occupy space on the front left side of an IBM 7014 rack that may not be available in typical non-IBM racks.

Minimum System Configuration - IBM System p5 model 570

The IBM System p5 model 570 is based on a flexible, modular design that can be configured with up to:

  • Four drawers
  • 16 processors
  • 512 GB of system memory
  • 24 disk drives
  • 24 PCI slots
  • Eight media devices

Each new model p5-570 system MUST INCLUDE A MINIMUM of the following items:

  • One system drawer (4U):
    • 1X - System Enclosure w/Bezel (#7300)
    • 2X - Power Cords (#6671)
    • 1X - Rack-Mount Rail Kit (#7164)
    • 1X - Processor Enclosure and Backplane (#7865)
    • 1X - I/O Backplane, 6 PCI-X slots (#7866)
    • 1X - System Midplane (#7867)
    • 1X - Ultra320 SCSI 6-pack Backplane (#7868)
    • 1X - Power Distribution Backplane (#7870)
    • 1X - System Port riser card (#7878)
    • X - Power Supplies (#7888)

  • 1X - Processor Power Regulator (#7768)

  • 1X - Operator Panel (#1846)

  • 1X - Service Processor (#7997)

  • Processor Card:
    • 1X - 2-way 1.9 GHz, 0-Way active, DDR2 (#7782)

  • Processor Activations:
    • 2X - Processor Activations (#7665)

  • 2 GB Memory:
    • 1X - 2GB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2
    • 2 GB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2 SDRAM

  • Disk Drive:
    • 1X - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (#3278)

  • #9XXX Language Group Specify

Additional optional features can be added, as desired.

POWER5+ Configuration starting points

IBM recommends the following configurations when ordering systems with POWER5+ processors.

For the 1.9 GHz POWER5+ Processor:

    2-way 1.9 GHz System:
       Use the Minimum Configuration Definition plus
       Upgrade to:
         1X  1.9 GHz Processor (#7782)
         2X  Processor Activations (#7665)
         1X  4 GB DDR2 Memory (#7893)
         2X  73.4 GB 15K RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk (#3278)
       Add:
         2X  Advanced Power Virtualization (#7942)
         1X - Media Backplane (#7869)
         1X - IDE DVDROM (#2640)
 
    4-way 1.9 GHz System:
       Use the Minimum Configuration Definition plus
       Upgrade to:
         2X  1.9 GHz Processor (#7782)
         4X  Processor Activations (#7665)
         2X  4 GB DDR2 Memory (8 GB total) (#7983)
         2X  73.4 GB 15K RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk (#3278)
         2X  Processor Power Regulator (#7768)
       Add:
         4X  Advanced Power Virtualization (#7942)
         1X - Media Backplane (#7869)
         1X - IDE DVDROM (#2640)
 
   8-way 1.9 GHz System:
      Use the Minimum Configuration Definition plus
      Upgrade to:
        4X  1.9 GHz Processor (#7782)
        8X  Processor Activations (#7665)
        8X  4 GB DDR2 Memory (32 GB total) (#7893)
        2X  73 GB 15K RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk (#3278)
        6X  Processor Power Regulator (#7768)
      Add:
        1X  System Enclosure 4U (see minimum configuration)
        1X  Processor Fabric Cable - 2 drawer (#1847)
        1X  FSP Flex Cable - 2 drawer (#1857)
        8X  Advanced Power Virtualization (#7942)
        1X - Media Backplane (#7869)
        1X - IDE DVDROM (#2640)
 

For the 2.2 GHz POWER5+ Processor:

   4-way 2.2 GHz System:
      Use the Minimum Configuration Definition plus
      Upgrade to:
        2X  2.2 GHz Processor (#8338)
        4X  Processor Activations (#7618)
        2X  8 GB DDR2 Memory (16GB total) (#7894)
        2X  73.4 GB 15K RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk (#3278)
        3X  Processor Power Regulator (#7768)
        2X  Service Processor (#7997)
      Add:
        4X  Advanced Power Virtualization (#7942)
        1X - Media Backplane (#7869)
        1X - IDE DVDROM (#2640)
 
 
   8-way 2.2 GHz System:
      Use the Minimum Configuration Definition plus
      Upgrade to:
        4X  2.2 GHz Processor (#8338)
        8X  Processor Activations (#7618)
        4X  8 GB DDR2 Memory (32GB total) (#7984)
        4X  73.4 GB 15K RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk (#3278)
        6X  Processor Power Regulator (#7768)
        2X  Service Processor (#7997)
      Add:
        1X  System Enclosure 4U (see minimum configuration)
        1X  Processor Fabric Cable - 2 drawer (#1847)
        1X  FSP Flex Cable - 2 drawer (#1857)
        8X  Advanced Power Virtualization (#7942)
        1X - Media Backplane (#7869)
        1X - IDE DVDROM (#2640)
 
   16-way 2.2 GHz System:
       Use the Minimum Configuration Definition plus
       Upgrade to:
         8X  2.2 GHz Processor (#8338)
         16X Processor Activations (#7618)
         8X  8 GB DDR2 Memory (64GB total) (#7894)
         4X  73.4 GB 15K RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk (#3278)
         12X Processor Power Regulator (#7768)
         2X  Service Processor (#7997)
       Add:
         3X  System Enclosure 4U (see minimum configuration)
         1X  Processor Fabric Cable - 4 drawer (#1849)
         1X  FSP Flex Cable - 4 drawer (#1859)
         16X Advance Power Virtualization (#7942)
         1X - Media Backplane (#7869)
         1X - IDE DVDROM (#2640)
 

Value Paks for POWER5 Processors (#7830, #7832, #7833, #7834)

Value Paks provide a convenient way to order any of several configurations designed to meet typical customer requirements. Special reduced pricing is available when a system order satisfies specific configuration requirements for memory, disk drives, and processors. When a Value Pak is ordered, the configurator offers a choice of starting points that can be added onto.

Customers can configure systems with 2 to 16 processors and 2 to 16 processor activations. With the purchase of a Value Pak, for each paid processor activation or entitlement, the customer is entitled to one processor activation or entitlement at no additional charge, if the following requirements are met:

  1. The system must have at least two disk drives of at least 73.4 GB each.
  2. There must be at least 2 GB of memory installed for each activated processor.

Value Pak pricing is also available after the system has been installed, only for additional processors that are ordered and activated on the same MES order. The upgraded p5-570 configuration must satisfy the Value Pak requirements for disk drives, memory, and processors. Activations of previously installed processors do not qualify for Value Pak pricing.

p5 570 Express Value Paks for 1.5 GHz Processors and DDR1 Memory:

Configurator starting points:

  • 2-way (1x7834), 4 GB (2x4452), 2x73GB (2x3274), 1x7929 + 1x8456 entitlements
  • 4-way (2x7834), 8 GB (4x4452), 2x73GB (2x3274), 2x7929 + 2x8456 entitlements
  • 8-way (4x7834), 16 GB (8x4452), 2x73GB (2x3274), 4x7929 + 4x8456 entitlements

Value Paks for 1.65 GHz Processors and DDR1 Memory:

Configurator starting points:

  • 2-way (1x7830), 4 GB (2x4452), 2x73GB (2x3274), 1x7897 + 1x8452 activations
  • 4-way (2x7830), 8 GB (4x4452), 2x73GB (2x3274), 2x7897 + 2x8452 activations
  • 8-way (4x7830), 16 GB (8x4452), 2x73GB (2x3274), 4x7897 + 4x8452 activations

Value Paks for 1.9 GHz Processors and DDR1 Memory:

Configurator starting points:

  • 4-way (2x7832), 8 GB (4x4452), 2x73GB (2x3274), 2x7898 + 2x8454 activations
  • 8-way (4x7832), 16 GB (8x4452), 2x73GB (2x3274), 4x7898 + 4x8454 activations
  • 16-way (8x7832), 32 GB (16x4452), 2x73GB (2x3274), 8x7898 + 8x8454 activations

Value Paks for 1.9 GHz Processors and DDR2 Memory:

Configurator starting points:

  • 4-way (2x7833), 8 GB (2x7893), 2x73GB (2x3274), 2x7899 + 2x8455 activations
  • 8-way (4x7833), 16 GB (4x7893), 2x73GB (2x3274), 4x7899 + 4x8455 activations
  • 16-way (8x7833), 32 GB (8x7893), 2x73GB (2x3274), 8x7899 + 8x8455 activations

Software requirements

If installing AIX on the system (one of these):

  • AIX Version 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-08 Recommended Maintenance Package (APAR IY77270), or later

    Note: Advanced POWER Virtualization feature (#7942) is not supported on AIX 5L for POWER V5.2

      OR
     
    

  • AIX 5L for POWER V5.3 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273), or later

If installing Linux on the system (one of these):

  • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later

  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3

    Note: Not all p5-570 system features available under the AIX operating system are available under the Linux operating system.

Information on features and external devices supported by Linux on the model 570 can be found at

  • http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/linux

If installing the model 570 server within the Cluster 1600:

  • CSM V1.4 (AIX or LINUX)

Back to topBack to top
 
Publications

The following information is shipped with the 9117-570. Additional copies are available. To order, contact your IBM representative.

                Title                                     Order Number
--------------------------------------------------------- ------------
IBM System p5 Hardware Information Center CD-ROM           SK3T-8159
IBM System p5 Safety Information                           G229-9054
Setup Instructions                                         SA41-5156
IBM Statement of Limited Warranty                          Z125-4753
IBM License Agreement for Machine Code                     Z125-5468
Pointer Sheet for Machine Internal Code License Agreement  GC52-1065
 

Back to topBack to top
 
Features
TOC Link Features - No charge TOC Link Features - Chargeable TOC Link Feature descriptions
TOC Link Feature exchanges


Features - No charge

  • CABLES
    • (#3652) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M
    • (#3653) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M
    • (#3654) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M
    • (#3661) - SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 3M
    • (#3662) - SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 6M
    • (#3663) - SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 15M
    • (#3684) - SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 3M
    • (#3685) - SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 6M
    • (#3691) - SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5 M
    • (#3692) - SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3 M
    • (#3693) - SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6 M
    • (#3694) - SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 15 M
    • (#6001) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter
    • (#6007) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter
    • (#6008) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter

  • LANGUAGES
    • (#9300) - Language Group Specify - US English
    • (#9700) - Language Group Specify - Dutch
    • (#9703) - Language Group Specify - French
    • (#9704) - Language Group Specify - German
    • (#9705) - Language Group Specify - Polish
    • (#9707) - Language Group Specify - Portuguese
    • (#9708) - Language Group Specify - Spanish
    • (#9711) - Language Group Specify - Italian
    • (#9712) - Language Group Specify - Canadian French
    • (#9714) - Language Group Specify - Japanese
    • (#9715) - Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
    • (#9716) - Language Group Specify - Korean
    • (#9718) - Language Group Specify - Turkish
    • (#9719) - Language Group Specify - Hungarian
    • (#9720) - Language Group Specify - Slovakian
    • (#9721) - Language Group Specify - Russian
    • (#9722) - Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
    • (#9724) - Language Group Specify - Czech
    • (#9725) - Language Group Specify - Romanian
    • (#9727) - Language Group Specify - Slovenian

  • LINECORDS
    • (#8430) - Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9800, Model Conversion Only
    • (#8431) - Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9802, Model Conversion Only
    • (#8432) - Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9820, Model Conversion Only
    • (#8433) - Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9821, Model Conversion Only
    • (#8434) - Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9825, Model Conversion Only
    • (#8435) - Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9827, Model Conversion Only
    • (#8436) - Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9828, Model Conversion Only
    • (#8437) - Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9829, Model Conversion Only
    • (#8438) - Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9830, Model Conversion Only
    • (#8439) - Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9831, Model Conversion Only
    • (#8440) - Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9833, Model Conversion Only
    • (#8441) - Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9834, Model Conversion Only

  • MISCELLANEOUS
    • (#7305) - AAP Software Pre-Install Indicator
    • (#0983) - US TAA Compliance Indicator
    • (#0986) - CCS Customer Service Specify (US)
    • (#5001) - Customer Service Specify
    • (#9461) -Month Indicator
    • (#9462) -Day Indicator
    • (#9463) -Hour Indicator
    • (#9464) -Minute Indicator
    • (#9465) -Qty Indicator
    • (#9466) -Countable Member Indicator

  • RACK RELATED
    • (#5886) - EXP 12S Expansion Drawer
    • (#9570) - Reserved Rack Space Indicator - 4U

  • SPECIFY CODES
    • (#0265) - AIX Partition Specify
    • (#0266) - Linux Partition Specify
    • (#0267) - i5/OS Partition Specify
    • (#0530) - i5/OS Version V5R3 Specify
    • (#9004) - Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors

      One and only one rack indicator features is required on all orders (#4650 to #4666).

    • (#4650) - Rack Indicator-Not Factory Integrated
    • (#4651) - Rack Indicator, Rack #1
    • (#4652) - Rack Indicator, Rack #2
    • (#4653) - Rack Indicator, Rack #3
    • (#4654) - Rack Indicator, Rack #4
    • (#4655) - Rack Indicator, Rack #5
    • (#4656) - Rack Indicator, Rack #6
    • (#4657) - Rack Indicator, Rack #7
    • (#4658) - Rack Indicator, Rack #8
    • (#4659) - Rack Indicator, Rack #9
    • (#4660) - Rack Indicator, Rack #10
    • (#4661) - Rack Indicator, Rack #11
    • (#4662) - Rack Indicator, Rack #12
    • (#4663) - Rack Indicator, Rack #13
    • (#4664) - Rack Indicator, Rack #14
    • (#4665) - Rack Indicator, Rack #15
    • (#4666) - Rack Indicator, Rack #16
    • (#9169) - Order Routing Indicator - System Plant

Features - Chargeable

Special Features - Initial Orders

  • MISCELLANEOUS
    • (#5005) - Software Preinstall

  • SPECIFY CODES
    • (#0453) - Customer Specified Placement

Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable

  • ADAPTERS
    • (#1800) - RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter
    • (#1810) - GX Dual-port 4x HCA
    • (#2498) - PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter
    • (#2737) - Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card - PCI
    • (#2848) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator
    • (#2849) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
    • (#2947) - IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    • (#2962) - 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    • (#2943) - 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
    • (#2944) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus
    • (#2946) - Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter
    • (#4764) - PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
    • (#4953) - IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter
    • (#4957) - IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter
    • (#4960) - IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator
    • (#4961) - IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter
    • (#4963) - PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)
    • (#4964) - PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor
    • (#5713) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
    • (#5714) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
    • (#5726) - Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card
    • (#5703) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
    • (#5709) - Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card
    • (#5712) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
    • (#5716) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
    • (#4959) - IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter
    • (#4962) - 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
    • (#5647) - Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot
    • (#5700) - IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5701) - IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5706) - IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5707) - IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5718) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5719) - IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5721) - 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5722) - 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5723) - 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
    • (#5728) - Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card
    • (#5737) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
    • (#5740) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5758) - 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5759) - 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5902) -PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#5912) -PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter
    • (#5922) -Non-paired SAS RAID indicator
    • (#6203) - PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter
    • (#6204) - PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter
    • (#6230) - Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter
    • (#6231) - 128 MByte DRAM Option Card
    • (#6235) - 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card
    • (#6228) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus
    • (#6239) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
    • (#7861) - PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Short Adapters, Type II
    • (#7862) - PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Type II
    • (#7863) - PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type III
    • (#2738) - 2 Port USB PCI Adapter
    • (#7878) - System Port Riser Card
    • (#7881) - Service Processor
    • (#7997) - System Service Processor

  • CABLES
    • (#1835) - 3 meter 4x Cable
    • (#1836) - 8 meter 4x Cable
    • (#1839) - 1.5 meter 4x Cable
    • (#2934) - Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
    • (#2936) - Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24
    • (#3925) - Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
    • (#3926) - Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
    • (#3927) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
    • (#3928) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
    • (#8131) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter
    • (#8132) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)
    • (#8133) - RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable
    • (#8136) - Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
    • (#8137) - Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
    • (#2114) - PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable
    • (#2118) - Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
    • (#2424) - 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable
    • (#2425) - 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable
    • (#2456) - LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2459) - LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#4242) - 6 Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15 pin D-shell)
    • (#4256) - Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M
    • (#7801) - Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit
    • (#7802) - Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit
    • (#2861) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
    • (#2863) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
    • (#2864) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
    • (#2951) - Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
    • (#2952) - Cable, V.35
    • (#2953) - Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
    • (#2954) - Cable, X.21
    • (#2877) - IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable
    • (#3124) - Serial to Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer
    • (#3125) - Serial to Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack
    • (#4353) - H-100 Bus 8-position Cable
    • (#4691) - Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box To Drawer Or Status Beacon
    • (#4692) - Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box Daisy Chain
    • (#1857) - SP Flex Cable, Two-Drawer System
    • (#1858) - SP Flex Cable, Three-Drawer System
    • (#1859) - SP Flex Cable, Four-Drawer System
    • (#3146) - RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.2M
    • (#3147) - RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 3.5M
    • (#3148) - RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 10M
    • (#3156) - RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.75M
    • (#3168) - RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 2.5M
    • (#6006) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter
    • (#6029) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 30 meter

  • DISKS
    • (#3273) - 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3274) - 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3275) - 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3277) - 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3278) - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3279) - 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3578) - 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3585) - 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive
    • (#3647) - 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
    • (#3648) - 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
    • (#3649) - 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
    • (#6598) - Disk Slot Fillers (Quantity 4)
    • (#7549) -Quantity 150 of #3647
    • (#7564) -Quantity 150 of #3648
    • (#7565) -Quantity 150 of #3649

  • DISPLAYS
    • (#3636) - L200P Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3637) - IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor
    • (#3638) - IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
    • (#3639) - IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3640) - IBM ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3641) - IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3642) - ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3643) - IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3644) - IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3645) - IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor

  • Drive
    • (#EU08) -RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive

  • KEYBOARDS
    • (#5951) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
    • (#5952) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
    • (#5953) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
    • (#5954) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#5955) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
    • (#5956) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
    • (#5957) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
    • (#5958) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
    • (#5959) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
    • (#5960) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
    • (#5961) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
    • (#5962) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
    • (#5963) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058
    • (#5964) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/French, #120
    • (#5965) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#5966) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
    • (#5967) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#5968) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/ German, #150
    • (#5969) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
    • (#5970) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
    • (#5971) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
    • (#5972) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
    • (#5973) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
    • (#5974) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
    • (#5975) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
    • (#5976) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
    • (#5977) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
    • (#5978) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#5979) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
    • (#5980) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
    • (#5981) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
    • (#5982) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
    • (#5983) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English International, #103P
    • (#8800) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English, #103P
    • (#8801) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189
    • (#8802) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142
    • (#8803) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#8804) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166
    • (#8805) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172
    • (#8806) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194
    • (#8807) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275
    • (#8808) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian French, #058
    • (#8810) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Belgian/Dutch, #120
    • (#8811) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#8812) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159
    • (#8813) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#8814) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G
    • (#8816) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155
    • (#8817) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Dutch, #143
    • (#8818) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese, #163
    • (#8819) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319
    • (#8820) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212
    • (#8821) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208
    • (#8823) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214
    • (#8825) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245
    • (#8826) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243
    • (#8827) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179
    • (#8829) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#8830) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238
    • (#8833) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Korean, #413
    • (#8834) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #467
    • (#8835) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French Canadian, #445
    • (#8836) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191
    • (#8838) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443
    • (#8839) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105
    • (#8840) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English (EMEA), #103P

  • MEMORY
    • (#4453) - 4 GB (4x1GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM
    • (#4452) - 2 GB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, DDR1 SDRAM
    • (#4454) - 8 GB (4x2GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz,Stacked DDR1 SDRAM
    • (#4490) - 4 GB (4x1GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM
    • (#4491) - 16 GB (4x4GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM
    • (#4492) - 32 GB (4x8GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 200MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM
    • (#4494) - 16 GB (4x4GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 200MHz, Stacked DDR1SDRAM
    • (#4495) - 4/8GB (4X2GB) DIMMS, 276 PIN 533 MHz, DDR2 SDRAM
    • (#4496) - 8/16GB (4X4GB) DIMMs, 276 PIN, 533 MHz DDR2 SDRAM
    • (#4497) - 16GB (4X4GB) DIMMs, 276 PIN, 533 MHz, DDR2 SDRAM
    • (#4498) - 32GB (4X8GB) DIMMs, 276 pin, 400MHz DDR2 SDRAM
    • (#4499) - 16GB (4X4GB) DIMMs, 276 pin, 400MHz DDR2 SDRAM
    • (#7049) - 8/16GB (4x4GB) DIMMs, CUoD, 8GB Active, 200 MHz DDR1
    • (#7663) - 1GB DDR2 Memory Activation
    • (#7893) - 4 GB (4x1GB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533 MHz DDR2 SDRAM
    • (#7890) - 4/8GB (4x2GB) DIMMs, CUoD, 4GB Active, 266 MHz DDR1
    • (#7892) - 2 GB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533 MHz DDR2 SDRAM
    • (#7894) - 8 GB (4x2GB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533 MHz DDR2 SDRAM
    • (#7950) - 1024MB Activation for DDR1 Memory
    • (#7954) - On/Off Memory Enablement
    • (#7957) - On/Off Memory 1 GB-Day Billing
    • (#8052) - 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, Express Configuration, Factory Only

  • Pointing Device
    • (#8845) -USB Mouse

  • POWER
    • (#7768) - Processor Power Regulator
    • (#7875) - Processor Power Regulator
    • (#7870) - Power Distribution Backplane
    • (#7888) - AC Power Supply, 1400 W

  • MEDIA DEVICES
    • (#2591) - External USB 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
    • (#2640) - IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
    • (#5751) - IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
    • (#7869) - Media Enclosure And Backplane

  • LINECORDS
    • (#6470) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4
    • (#6471) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #70
    • (#6472) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #18
    • (#6473) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type 19
    • (#6474) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A), Plug Type #23
    • (#6475) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #32
    • (#6476) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #24
    • (#6477) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #22
    • (#6478) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #25
    • (#6479) - Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6
    • (#6487) - Power Cord (6-foot) ,To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States, Plug Type #5
    • (#6488) - Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A), Plug Type #2
    • (#6493) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #62
    • (#6494) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #69
    • (#6495) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #73
    • (#6496) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #66
    • (#6458) - Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A
    • (#6469) - Power Cord (14-foot) ,To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States, Plug Type #5
    • (#6651) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #75
    • (#6659) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #76
    • (#6669) - Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking)
    • (#6670) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59 (DENAN marking)
    • (#6671) - Power Cord (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6672) -Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6680) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6, Insulated
    • (#6687) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking)
    • (#EQ77) -Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A

  • MISCELLANEOUS
    • (#7867) - System Midplane
    • (#7942) - Advanced POWER Virtualization
    • (#8841) - Mouse - Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable
    • (#7868) - Ultra320 SCSI 6-pack Backplane
    • (#1846) - Operator Panel
    • (#7866) - I/O Backplane, 6 PCI-X Slots
    • (#7865) - Processor Enclosure And Backplane

  • PROCESSORS
    • (#7618) - One way Processor Activation for Processor FC 8338
    • (#7624) - On/Off Processor Billing Day for FC 8338
    • (#7665) - One way Processor Activation for Processor FC 7782
    • (#7666) - 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for one 1.9GHz Processor on FC 7782
    • (#7718) - On/Off Processor day billing for FC 7782
    • (#7728) - 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for one 2.2GHz Processor on FC 8338
    • (#7782) - 2-Way 1.9 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 0-way active, 8 DDR2 Memory Slots
    • (#7830) - 2-Way 1.65 GHz POWER5 CUoD Processor Card, 0-Way Active, 8 DDR1 Memory DIMM Slots
    • (#7832) - 2-Way 1.9 GHz POWER5 CUoD Processor Card, 0-Way Active, 8 DDR1 Memory DIMM Slots
    • (#7833) - 2-Way 1.9 GHz POWER5 CUoD Processor Card, 0-Way Active, 8 DDR2 Memory DIMM Slots
    • (#7834) - 2-Way 1.5 GHz POWER5 Processor Card, 0-Way Entitled, 8 DDR1 Memory DIMM Slots
    • (#8338) - 2-Way 2.2 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 0-way active, 8 DDR2 Memory Slots
    • (#7897) - One Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7830
    • (#7898) - One Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7832
    • (#7899) - One Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7833
    • (#7929) - One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #7834
    • (#7956) - 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for 1.65 GHz Processors
    • (#7959) - 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for 1.9 GHz Processors
    • (#8452) - Zero-priced Value Pak Processor Activation Code for #7830
    • (#8454) - Zero-priced Value Pak Processor Activation Code for #7832
    • (#8455) - Zero-priced Value Pak Processor Activation Code for #7833
    • (#8456) - Zero-priced Value Pak Processor Entitlement for #7834
    • (#1847) - Processor Cable, Two-Drawer System
    • (#1848) - Processor Cable, Three-Drawer System
    • (#1849) - Processor Cable, Four-Drawer System
    • (#7951) - On/Off Processor Enablement
    • (#7952) - On/Off Processor Day Billing for Feature 7830
    • (#7953) - On/Off Processor Day Billing for Feature 7832
    • (#7955) - On/Off Processor Day Billing for Feature 7833

  • RACK RELATED
    • (#4693) - Rack Status Beacon Junction Box
    • (#7879) - System Drawer Enclosure
    • (#7164) - IBM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit
    • (#7165) - OEM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit
    • (#7300) - System Drawer Enclosure w/ Bezel

  • MONITORS
    • (#3627) - IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable
    • (#3628) - IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
    • (#3635) - T210 Flat-Panel Monitor

  • SPECIFY CODES
    • (#0531) - V5R3 OS, V5R3M5 Machine Code Specify
    • (#0532) - V5R4 OS, V5R4M0 Machine Code Specify

Feature descriptions

The following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order.

Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, state the interaction of requirements among features.

Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single feature without regard to interaction with other features. The maximum valid quantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. The maximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these two possibilities.

The order type defines if a feature is orderable only on initial orders, only on MES orders, on both initial and MES orders, or if a feature is supported on a model due to a model conversion. Supported features cannot be ordered on the converted model, only left on or removed from the converted model.

(#0265) AIX Partition Specify

This feature code is used to indicate the number or partitions the system will have running under AIX.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#0265)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 160 (Initial order maximum: 160)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0266) Linux Partition Specify

This feature code is used to indicate the number or partitions the system will have running under Linux.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#0266)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 160 (Initial order maximum: 160)
    • OS level required: SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER systems, or later, or Red Hat RHEL 3.1, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#0267) - i5/OS Partition Specify

This feature number is used to indicate the number of partitions the system will have running under i5/OS.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#0267)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
    • OS level required: i5/OS V5R3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: 10 max. partitions per processor - 1 processor max. may be used for i5/OS V5R3 or later.

(#0453) - Customer Specified Placement

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

  1. Requests that IBM deliver the system to the customer according to the slot in drawer hardware placement defined by the account team.

  2. Eliminates the need to have these parts relocated in the customers environment as may happen if the order is placed without this feature code.

  3. Client placement specifications are collected using the System Planning Tool (SPT) and processed through the marketing configurator. (Use of the SPT is not required).

  4. Requires account team to submit the output of the marketing configurator into IBM manufacturing via the CSP website
    http://www.ibm.com/eserver/power/csp

    (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)

  5. Requires account team to assure that the marketing configurator output submitted reflects the actual order placed.
  • Attributes provided: I/O component placement
  • Attributes required: Marketing Configurator output submitted to the CSP website. (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)
  • For 9117-570: (#0453)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0530) - i5/OS Version V5R3 Specify

This feature indicates that i5/OS Version V5R3 will be ordered for use in a partition of this server.

  • Attributes provided: i5/OS V5R3 Indicator
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#0530)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0531) V5R3 OS, V5R3M5 Machine Code Specify

This feature is auto selected by eConfig when it is required. This feature is not selected by the Client and when it appears on the order it should not be removed. It is used to indicate the correct level of code when an i5/OS partition is specified on a pSeries system. The selection of this feature is determined by other Software and Hardware features on the order.

  • Attributes provided: I5OS V5R3, V5R3M5 Machine Code Indicator
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#0531)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0532) V5R4 OS, V5R4M0 Machine Code Specify

This feature is auto selected by eConfig when it is required. This feature is not selected by the Client and when it appears on the order it should not be removed. It is used to indicate the correct level of code when an i5/OS partition is specified on a pSeries system. The selection of this feature is determined by other Software and Hardware features on the order.

  • Attributes provided: I5OS V5R4, V5R4M0 Machine Code Indicator
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#0532)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0983) - US TAA Compliance Indicator

This feature indicates that the product was assembled in a manufacturing plant in the USA or in a country approved under the US Trade Agreement Act.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#0983)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0986) CCS Customer Service Specify (US)

This feature code specifies that the system will receive special request services from the Center for Customized Solutions (CCS).

FC 0986 is available only on the initial plant order.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#0986)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1800) RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This feature provides two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports for attaching up to four I/O drawers to the system in a single loop.

  • Attributes provided: Two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports
  • Attributes required: No adapter may be installed in PCI slot #6; the drawer must have two processor cards installed.
  • For 9117-570: (#1800)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Installing feature #1800 in a drawer prevents the use of PCI slot #6 in that drawer.

(#1810) GX Dual-port 4x HCA

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

The #1810, GX Dual-port 4x Host Channel Adapter, provides an adapter that enables the attachment to supported InfiniBand switches. This adapter plugs into the system backplane (GX slot). Connection to supported InfiniBand switches are accomplished by using the 4x Cables.

  • Attributes provided: 2 ports of 4x to attach to supported InfiniBand switches
  • Attributes required: Available GX slot position
  • For 9117-570: (#1810)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1835) 3 meter 4x Cable

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This 3 meter 4x cable is utilized to connect to supported InfiniBand switches.

  • Attributes provided: 3 meter 4x cable
  • Attributes required: 4x port
  • For 9117-570: (#1835)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1836) 8 meter 4x Cable

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This 8 meter 4x cable is utilized to connect to supported InfiniBand switches.

  • Attributes provided: 8 meter 4x cable
  • Attributes required: 4x port
  • For 9117-570: (#1836)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1839) 1.5 meter 4x Cable

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This 1.5 meter 4x cable is utilized to connect to supported InfiniBand switches.

  • Attributes provided: 1.5 meter 4x cable
  • Attributes required: 4x port
  • For 9117-570: (#1839)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1846) Operator Panel

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides an operator panel that controls single-drawer or multi-drawer systems.

  • Attributes provided: Operator panel
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#1846)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1847) Processor Cable, Two-Drawer System

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This cable provides the required interconnections between processors in separate drawers of a two-drawer system. It is a flat cable that connects to the front of each drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Processor connections for two-drawer system
  • Attributes required: System configured with two drawers
  • For 9117-570: (#1847)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1848) Processor Cable, Three-Drawer System

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This cable provides the required interconnections between processors in separate drawers of a three-drawer system. It is a flat cable that connects to the front of each drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Processor connections for three-drawer system
  • Attributes required: System configured with three drawers
  • For 9117-570: (#1848)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1849) Processor Cable, Four-Drawer System

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This cable provides the required interconnections between processors in separate drawers of a four-drawer system. It is a flat cable that connects to the front of each drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Processor connections for four-drawer system
  • Attributes required: System configured with four drawers
  • For 9117-570: (#1849)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1857) SP Flex Cable, Two-Drawer System

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This cable provides the required Service Processor interconnections between separate drawers of a two-drawer system. It is a flat cable that connects to the rear of each drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Service processor connections for two drawers
  • Attributes required: System configured with two drawers
  • For 9117-570: (#1857)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1858) SP Flex Cable, Three-Drawer System

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This cable provides the required Service Processor interconnections between separate drawers of a three-drawer system. It is a flat cable that connects to the rear of each drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Service processor connections for three drawers
  • Attributes required: System configured with three drawers
  • For 9117-570: (#1858)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1859) SP Flex Cable, Four-Drawer System

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This cable provides the required Service Processor interconnections between separate drawers of a four-drawer system. It is a flat cable that connects to the rear of each drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Service processor connections for four drawers
  • Attributes required: System configured with four drawers
  • For 9117-570: (#1859)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2114) PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of multiple hosts to the PCI SCSI-2 differential adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 external SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Port
  • For 9117-570: (#2114)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2118) Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

0.3M 16-bit SCSI cable used to convert from a Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector to a 68-pin P style connector. Cable has male Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector on one end and a female 68 pin P style connector on the other. Length = 0.3 meters.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of supported external sub-system to integrated SCSI port or SCSI adapter with VHDCI Mini-68 pin connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#2118)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2424) 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

  • Attributes provided: 0.6 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end
  • Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
  • For 9117-570: (#2424)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2425) 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

  • Attributes provided: 2.5 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end
  • Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
  • For 9117-570: (#2425)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2456) LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

50 micron fiber cable used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. Cable has male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other. Length = 2 meters.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to external 50 micron fabric or device with one type fiber connector to an adapter with the other type fiber connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#2456)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2459) LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

62.5 micron fiber cable used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. Cable has male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other. Length = 2 meters.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to external 62.5 micron fabric or device with one type fiber connector to an adapter with the other type fiber connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#2459)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2498) PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter

The RS/6000 PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter (#2498) is a non-bootable high performance Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0, 1, 1E, 5, or 5E capability and can address up to sixty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on four independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 128 MByte fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this adapter. The 128 MByte fast-write cache is a resident feature of the PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter that utilizes non-volatile RAM. During the unlikely event of an PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter failure, a replacement PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter can be installed and the fast-write cache can be removed from the failing adapter and installed in the new adapter to help ensure data integrity. The 128 MB fast-write cache can provide an significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter has four independent Ultra3 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and four external ports. The two internal ports are shared with two of the external ports. Two of the four busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The other two busses only drive external ports. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on supporting RS/6000 systems. Systems with one or two internal 6-pack disks can attach to a PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter. The four external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The four external ports also provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate.

Limitations:

  • The four external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 external Fast/Wide SCSI disk enclosure.
  • Even though the PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at Ultra3 SCSI speeds (up to 160 MBytes/s) and Ultra2 SCSI speeds (up to 80MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system backplane.

In order for full support and to take full advantage of the Ultra3 (up to 160 MBytes/s) speed of this adapter, the proper AIX level also needs to be considered. AIX 4.3.3 with appropriate APAR updates or later AIX versions support the full range of SCSI bus data rates (including Ultra3 SCSI up to 160 MByte/s). Check the AIX level your system has or is able to support.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI bus slot
  • For 9117-570: (#2498)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2591) External USB 1.44 MB Diskette Drive

The externally attached USB diskette drive provides storage capacity up to 1.44 MB on a high density (2HD) floppy disk and 720 KB on a double density floppy disk. Includes 350mm (13.7 in) captured cable with standard USB connector.

Limitation:

  • Maximum 1 USB diskette per adapter,
  • Up to 1 Keyboard and Mouse also supported on the adapter with the diskette drive at the same time
  • No system boot capability
  • Not to be operated upside down or with eject button down

Characteristics:

  • Capacity - 1.44 MB (2HD disk) or 720 KB (double density disk)
  • Physical Dimensions: Width=103mm (4.05 in), Height=17.6mm (.69 in), Depth=141.8mm (5.58 in)
  • Color: Black
  • Data Rate: 12 Mbits/sec
  • Max Power Consumption: 2.36 Watt (seek)
  • Operates in all positions except those noted in the limitations above
  • Attributes provided: External diskette drive
  • Attributes required: 1 available USB port
  • For 9117-570: (#2591)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2640) IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The 8X/24X(max) Slimline IDE DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive providing up to 3600KB/sec (CD-ROM) and 10.3MB/sec (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 12.7mm Slimline form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports existing 650MB CD-ROM, 4.7 GB DVD-ROM, and 9.4 GB DVD-ROM (double-sided) discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs at DVD-ROM speeds. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: CD-ROM=3600 KB/sec (max): DVD-ROM=10.3MB/sec (max)
  • Interface: IDE/ATAPI
  • Avg. Random Access Time: CD-ROM=95ms (typical); DVD-ROM=150ms (typical)
  • Buffer Memory: 256KB
  • Media capacity: CD-ROM=650MB; DVD-ROM= 4.7 GB(single sided); 9.4 GB(double-sided)
  • Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)
  • 12.7mm Slimline form factor
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions
  • Interface supports standard and extended XA formats
  • Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks

Limitations:

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • DVD-ROM only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1.
  • Attributes provided: 8X/24X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive
  • Attributes required: 1 Slimline media bay
  • For 9117-570: (#2640)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2737) Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card - PCI

This PCI card provides for connection of one USB keyboard and mouse.

  • Attributes provided: USB Keyboard/Mouse Attachment
  • Attributes required: Empty PCI slot
  • For 9117-570: (#2737)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2738) 2 Port USB PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The 2 Port USB PCI Adapter is a USB 2.0 capable adapter that provides for the connection of one USB keyboard and mouse. Limitation: Limited to USB 1.1 support with AIX

  • Attributes provided: USB Keyboard/Mouse Attachment
  • Attributes required: One available PCI slot
  • For 9117-570: (#2738)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2848) POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes.

  • Hardware Description:
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
    • 16 MB SDRAM
    • 32-bit PCI interface
    • Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
    • 1 hardware color map

  • Features Supported:
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 2 analog monitor outputs
    • Up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
    • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)

  • APIs Supported:
    • X-Windows and Motif
    • UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)

  • Software Requirements: AIX Versions 4.3.3 or 5.1, or later

  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics

  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot

  • For 9117-570: (#2848)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2849) POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. Its predecessor, Feature Number 2848, supported only analog monitors.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
    • 16 MB SDRAM
    • 32-bit PCI interface
    • Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
    • 1 hardware color map
  • Features Supported:
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
    • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)
  • APIs Supported:
    • X-Windows and Motif
    • UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)
  • Software Requirements: AIX Versions 5.1 or 5.2 (analog or digital support),or later, or AIX 4.3 (analog support only)
  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 9117-570: (#2849)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2861) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable

(No Longer Available as of August 25, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port EIA-232 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 9117-570: (#2861)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2863) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable

(No Longer Available as of August 25, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port X.21 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 9117-570: (#2863)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2864) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable

(No Longer Available as of August 25, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port X.35 (DTE) cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 9117-570: (#2864)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2877) IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This cable provides the capability to interconnect adapters that provide H.100 bus connectors. This 4-position cable should be used when four or less adapters with H.100 connectors will be interconnected. When more than 4 and less than or equal to 8 adapters will be connected, the H.100 Bus 8-Drop Cable (#4353) should be used.

  • Attributes provided: H.100 bus connection between adapters
  • Attributes required: Two to Four H.100 adapters
  • For 9117-570: (#2877)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2934) Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232

The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attaching printers, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard to any asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of the combination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminal interposer) and replaces this method of printer/terminal attachment.

This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and is supported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports. It is used in conjunction with:

  • FC 2931 (8-port Async Adapter EIA232, ISA bus)
  • FC 8133 (RJ45-DB25 converter cable for 16-port RANs 8130, 8134, 8136)
  • Attributes provided: EIA232 device attachment capability
  • Attributes required: Any RS/6000 Asynchronous port
  • For 9117-570: (#2934)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2936) Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24

Used to attach a modem to the standard I/O ports with the 10-pin to 25-pin converter cable (#3925), 8-port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Asynchronous Concentrator (with RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable feature #6402) or the 16-Port EIA-232 Remote Async Node (with RJ45 to DB25 Converter Cable feature #8133). The cable is 3 meters (9.8 feet) in length.

  • Attributes provided: Modem attachment to async or serial port
  • Attributes required: Async or serial port
  • For 9117-570: (#2936)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2943) 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

For connection of up to 8 asynchronous EIA-232 or RS-422 devices. All eight ports are software programmable to support either EIA-232E or RS-422A protocols, at up to 230K baud.

  • Attributes provided: 8 Async ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 9117-570: (#2943)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2944) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The 128-Port Async Adapter subsystem provides attachment for a high concentration of asynchronous lines (up to 128) from a single PCI bus slot. This gives the system the ability to serve a large number of user of EIA-232 or RS-422 devices such as terminals, printers, and modems.

Two 2.4 Mbps synchronous channels link the adapter to a maximum of eight 16-Port Remote Async Nodes (RANs), up to four RANs can be linked to each synchronous channel.

RANs can also be used with this adapter. If these RANs are connected the synchronous channel the data rate drops down to 1.2 Mbps. For the best results keep the previous and new RANs on separate synchronous channels.

  • Attributes provided: Up to 128 Async Ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot, One to eight (#8137) or (#8138)
  • For 9117-570: (#2944)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2946) Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter

The IBM Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter is a 64-bit, Universal PCI Adapter. This adapter provides direct access to the ATM network at a dedicated 622 Mbps full-duplex connection. The Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter is a short form-factor adapter that interfaces to the system via the PCI bus and connects to the 622 Mbps ATM network via dual-SC type, multi-mode fiber cables. The Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter utilizes 16MB of SDRAM for control and 16MB of SDRAM for packet memory. This ATM adapter also provides a hardware assist for TCP checksum which can provide a performance improvement by minimizing the host CPU cycles .

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex connection to 622 ATM network
  • Attributes required: One available PCI card slot
  • For 9117-570: (#2946)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2947) IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of October 13, 2006)

The IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Selectable PCI Adapter (#2947) is a one-slot, standard length, 32-bit PCI card. The adapter provides 4-Ports of: EIA-232, EIA530, RS-449, X.21, or V.35. Each port will support speeds of up 2.0M bps. Software support is provided by ARTIC960 Support for AIX, Developer's Kit, AIX Versions 4.2.1 or 4.3.2 or later that provide SDLC and Bisync support; AIX Versions 4.1.5, 4.2.1, 4.3.1 or later that provide AIXLink X.25 LPP Version 1.1.5 support.

Note: This adapter may have AIX 5.1 support limitations. Go to the following URL to view the latest AIX 5.1 support limitation statements.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/aix/os/adapters/51.html

  • Attributes provided: One to four WAN connections at up to 2.0Mbps
  • Attributes required: One full length 32-bit PCI slot, AIX Version 4.2.1 or 4.3.2 or later (for SDLC or Bisync support); AIX Version 4.1.5, 4.2.1, 4.3.1 or later (for AIXLink X.25 LPP Version 1.1.5 support).
  • For 9117-570: (#2947)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2951) Cable, V.24 / EIA-232

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

V.24 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • For 9117-570: (#2951)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2952) Cable, V.35

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

V.35 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • For 9117-570: (#2952)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2953) Cable, V.36 / EIA-499

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

V.36/EIA-499 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • For 9117-570: (#2953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2954) Cable, X.21

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

X.21 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • For 9117-570: (#2954)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2962) 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

This adapter provides high-speed connections between stand-alone system units on a WAN. To access WAN lines, the 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter connects via external communications equipment including Channel Service Units (CSU), Data Service Units (DSU), or through synchronous modems.

This adapter together with IBM AIXlink/X.25 provides a two-port connection to X.25 packet switched networks. IBM AIXlink/X.25 is a separately orderable LPP (5696-926).

2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter with an appropriate cable is compatible with:

  • X.21 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, X.21 (#2954)
    • CCITT X.21 Signalling
    • CCITT V.11 Electrical
    • CCITT X.27 Electrical
    • EIA-422-A Electrical
    • ISO 4903 Connector for DCE side of an X.21 VHSI Modem Cable
  • V.24 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.24/EIA-232 (#2951)
    • CCITT V.24 Signalling
    • CCITT V.28 Electrical
    • CCITT X.21bis Electrical and Signalling
    • EIA-232-C Electrical and Signalling
    • ISO 2110 Connector for DCE side of an V.24 VHSI Modem Cable
  • V.35 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.35 (#2952)
    • CCITT V.35 Some signals for signalling
    • CCITT V.28 Some signals for electrical and signalling
    • ISO 2593 Connector for DCE side of an V.35 VHSI Modem Cable
  • V.36 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.36/EIA-449 (#2953)
    • CCITT V.10 Electrical
    • CCITT V.11 Electrical
  • Attributes provided: Two high speed WAN connections
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 9117-570: (#2962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3124) Serial to Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer

This 3.7 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted within the same rack. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3124)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3125) Serial to Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack

This 8 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted in separate racks. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3125)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3146) RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.2M

(No Longer Available as of January 7, 2011)

This 1.2-meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable connects two RIO-2 based I/O planars within an I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 1.2M RIO-2 Cable
  • Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 I/O planars
  • For 9117-570: (#3146)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3147) RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 3.5M

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This 3 1/2 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2)cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3147)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3148) RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 10M

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This 10 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3148)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3156) RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.75M

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

This 1.75 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is utilized to connect RIO-2 based I/O planars and I/O drawers to the system CEC.

  • Attributes provided: 1.75M RIO-2 Cable
  • Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 connectors on the system CEC.
  • For 9117-570: (#3156)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3168) RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 2.5M

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This 2.5 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is utilized to connect RIO-2 based I/O planars and I/O drawers to the system CEC.

  • Attributes provided: 2.5M RIO-2 Cable
  • Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 connectors on the system CEC.
  • For 9117-570: (#3168)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3273) 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2005)

The 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9117-570: (#3273)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3274) 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2007)

The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9117-570: (#3274)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3275) 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2007)

The 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.94 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9117-570: (#3275)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3277) 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of February 23, 2007)

The 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9117-570: (#3277)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3278) 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of January 30, 2009)

The 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9117-570: (#3278)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3279) 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four (4) READS to one (1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9117-570: (#3279)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX V4.3 or higher PSSP levels 3.1, 3.2 and higher Linux- Refer to the following website for Linux information
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3578) - 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

The 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.9 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 88 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9117-570: (#3578)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX V4.3 or higher PSSP levels 3.1, 3.2 and higher Linux- Refer to the following website for Linux information
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3585) - 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of January 30, 2009)

The 300 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage
  • Attributes required: one disk drive bay
  • For 9117-570: (#3585)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: Refer to the Server System OS level requirements if attaching to native SCSI adapters or the OS level required by the attaching SCSI adapter as appropriate.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3627) IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable

The P76/P77 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 17-inch Flat Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 406 mm (16.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum 1024 x 768 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced, with a maximum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at 70 Hz.

Note: The P76 and P77 monitors are functionally equivalent.

  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9117-570: (#3627)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3628) IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable

The P260/P275 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 21-inch Flat Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 503 mm (19.8 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced.

Note: The P260 and P275 monitors are functionally equivalent.

  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9117-570: (#3628)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3635) T210 Flat-Panel Monitor

The T210 flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 21-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 528 mm (20.8 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.207 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 2048 x 1536 pels at 60Hz.
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9117-570: (#3635)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3636) L200P Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The L200p flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 20.1-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 510 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1600 x 1200 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9117-570: (#3636)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3637) IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor

(No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

Both the T541H and L150p monitors have the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 15-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1024 x 768 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Supports 2D Graphics Adapters only
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: 2D Graphics Adapter
  • For 9117-570: (#3637)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3638) IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2005)

The IBM C220p monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 21.0-inch Flat Aperture Grille CRT with a viewable image size of 508 mm (20.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.248 mm pixel pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum and maximum supported addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz (Vesa) non-interlaced. Capable of 2048 x 1636 at 75 Hz (Vesa).
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Depth: 483.6 mm (19.0 in.)
  • Height: 516.4 mm (20.3 in.)
  • Width: 512.8 mm (20.2 in.)
  • Weight: 30.5 kg (67.2 lbs.)
  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9117-570: (#3638)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3639) IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of September 30, 2005)

The IBM ThinkVision L170p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
  • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
  • Viewing angle: Vertical 170 degrees; horizontal 170 degrees
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9117-570: (#3639)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3640) - IBM ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The IBM ThinkVision L171p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.280mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
  • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
  • Viewing angle: Vertical +/-75 degrees; horizontal +/-75 degrees
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (minimal) 700:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9117-570: (#3640)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3641) - IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of September 10, 2007)

The IBM T115 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 15.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 (XGA)
  • Tilt adjustable stand
  • Analog connection
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 144 mm (6.67 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 361 mm (14.2 inches
  • Width: 362 mm (14.2 inches)
  • Weight: 2.9 kg (6.4 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 400:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 250cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 130 degrees/100 degrees
  • For 9117-570: (#3641)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3642) - ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The ThinkVision L191p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 408.0 mm (16.1 in.)
  • Weight: 7.1 kg (15.7 lbs.)
  • Contrast ratio: 1000:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9117-570: (#3642)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3643) - IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor

(No longer available as of January 25, 2008)

The IBM T120 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 20.1-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 511 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 (UXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 416.6 mm (16.5 inches)
  • Width: 445.6 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Weight: 7.5 kg (16.5 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 700:1 (typical)
  • Brightness:300cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles(H/V): 178 degrees/178 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9117-570: (#3643)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3644) - IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)

The IBM T119 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 443.6 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Width: 418 mm (16.5 inches)
  • Weight: 7.4 kg (16.3 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 550:1 (typical)
  • Brightness:250cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/135 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9117-570: (#3644)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3645) - IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)

The IBM T117 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 395.5 mm (15.6 inches)
  • Width: 375.4 mm (14.8 inches)
  • Weight: 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 300cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/130 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9117-570: (#3645)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3647) 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

146.8GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS SCSI interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS SCSI interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 146.8GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SAS Drive Slot
  • For 9117-570: (#3647)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 576 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3648) 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

300GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 300GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS SCSI interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS SCSI interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 300GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SAS Drive Slot
  • For 9117-570: (#3648)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 576 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3649) 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Attached SAS DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 450GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with re- format.
  • Attributes provided: 450GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SAS disk drive bay
  • For 9117-570: (#3649)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 576 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3652) SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 1 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3652)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3653) SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 3 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3653)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3654) SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 6 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3654)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3661) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual

Path 3M This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 2.5 meters long.
  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3661)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3662) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual

Path 6M This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 5.5 meters long.
  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3662)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3663) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual

Path 15M This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 14.5 meters long.
  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3663)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3684) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single

path 3M

This adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer.

For AIX and Linux, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions.

This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or for AIX and Linux connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3684)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3685) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single

path 6M

This adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer.

For the AIX and Linux operating systems, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions.

This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or for AIX and Linux connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3685)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3691) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual

Path 1.5 M This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.
  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3691)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3692) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual

Path 3 M This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.
  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3692)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3693) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual

Path 6 M This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.
  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3693)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3694) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual

Path 15 M This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.
  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3694)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3925) Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin

This cable converts the 9-pin serial port on the system to a 25-pin serial port which allows the user to attach 25-pin serial devices to the system.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3925)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3926) Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This 4-meter cable and transposer (2 parts) allows external async devices such as printers or terminals to be attached directly to the 9-pin serial port. This is equivalent to using #3925 in combination with #2934.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#3926)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3927) Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M

This 3.7 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • For 9117-570: (#3927)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 99)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3928) Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M

This 10 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null Modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • For 9117-570: (#3928)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 99)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4242) 6 Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15 pin D-shell to 15 pin D-shell)

This cable is required to connect displays with a 15-pin "D" shell connector to the appropriate accelerator connector when it is farther away than the attached monitor cable can reach. Rack mounted systems are likely candidates for this extender cable.

  • Attributes provided: 6-foot extension cable
  • Attributes required: Supported monitor and adapter with a 15-pin "D" shell connector.
  • For 9117-570: (#4242)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4256) Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M

This feature provides a 2M extension cable for use with USB keyboards.

  • Attributes provided: 2M Extension Cable
  • Attributes required: USB Keyboard
  • For 9117-570: (#4256)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4353) H-100 Bus 8-position Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This cable provides the capability to interconnect adapters that provide H.100 bus connectors. This 8-position cable should be used when more than four and less than or equal to eight adapters with H.100 connectors will be interconnected. If four or less adapters are interconnected, the H.100 Bus 4-Drop Cable (#2877) should be used.

  • Attributes provided: H.100 bus connection between adapters
  • Attributes required: Four to eight H.100 adapters
  • For 9117-570: (#4353)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4452) 2 GB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266MHz, DDR1 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Provides 2 GB of system memory with 4 512MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 2048MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 9117-570: (#4452)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4453) 4 GB (4x1GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM

Provides 4 GB of system memory with 4 1GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 9117-570: (#4453)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4454) 8 GB (4x2GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Provides 8 GB of system memory with 4 2GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 8192MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 9117-570: (#4454)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4490) 4 GB (4x1GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Provides 4 GB of system memory with 4 1GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 9117-570: (#4490)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4491) 16 GB (4x4GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Provides 16 GB of system memory with 4 4GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 16384MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 9117-570: (#4491)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4492) 32 GB (4x8GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 200MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of March 21, 2008)

Provides 32 GB of system memory with 4 8GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 32796MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 9117-570: (#4492)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4494) 16 GB (4x4GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 200MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of March 21, 2008)

Provides 16 GB of system memory with 4 4GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 16384MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 9117-570: (#4494)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4495) 4/8GB (4X2GB) DIMMS, 276 PIN 533 MHz, DDR2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2013)

CoD Memory Feature is a total of 8GB of memory. 4GB are acitve with purchase of the feature. 4GB are available for activation immediately (with the purchase of the activation feature) or at a later time (with the purchase of the activation feature). 276 pin DIMM, 533 MHz DDR2.

  • Attributes provided: 8 GB of Memory-4GB active/8GB total memory available.
  • Attributes required: 4 empty DIMM slots
  • For 9117-570: (#4495)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4496) 8/16GB (4X4GB) DIMMs, 276 PIN, 533 MHz DDR2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2013)

CoD Memory Feature is a total of 16GB of memory. 8GB are acitve with purchase of the feature. 8GB are available for activation immediately (with the purchase of the activation feature) or at a later time (with the purchase of the activation feature). 276 pin DIMM, 533 MHz DDR2.

  • Attributes provided: 8GB active memory, 16GB total memory available.
  • Attributes required: 4 empty DIMM slots.
  • For 9117-570: (#4496)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4497) 16GB (4X4GB) DIMMs, 276 PIN, 533 MHz, DDR2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Memory Feature is a total of 16GB of memory. 4 each 4GB DIMMs. 276 pin DIMM, 533 MHz DDR2.

  • Attributes provided: 16GB of Memory.
  • Attributes required: 4 empty DIMM slots.
  • For 9117-570: (#4497)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4498) 32GB (4X8GB) DIMMs, 276 pin, 400MHz DDR2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

Memory Feature is a total of 32GB of memory. 4 each 8GB DIMMs. 276 pin DIMM, 400 MHz DDR2.

  • Attributes provided: 32GB of memory.
  • Attributes required: 4 empty DIMM slots on processor card 8338.
  • For 9117-570: (#4498)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4499) - 16GB (4X4GB) DIMMs, 276 pin, 400MHz DDR2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Memory Feature is a total of 16GB of memory. 4 each 4GB DIMMs. 276 pin DIMM, 400 MHz DDR2.

  • Attributes provided: 16GB of memory.
  • Attributes required: 4 empty DIMM slots on processor card 8338.
  • For 9117-570: (#4499)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5L V5.2 ML 8 or AIX 5L V5.3 ML4, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: Use of this feature requires the system to be at firmware level SF240_258 or later. This may be a different requirement than other memory features.

One and only one rack indicator features is required on all orders (#4650 to #4666).

(#4650) - Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated

This indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device in this initial order should not be merged into a rack within IBM Manufacturing.

Note: This "no charge" feature will be placed on an initial order for a rack mountable device by the Configuration Tool when the order does not include a 19" Rack.

Note: A rack integration indicator is required on all 19" Rack mountable device initial orders. One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

  • Attributes provided: System will not be shipped in a rack.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#4650)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4651) - Rack Indicator, Rack #1

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the first rack for a multi-rack order, or the only rack for a single rack order. When added to an initial rack-mountable device order this indicator is used to specify that the rack-mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #1 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Manufacturing.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9117-570: (#4651)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4652) - Rack Indicator, Rack #2

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the second rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #2 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Manufacturing.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9117-570: (#4652)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4653) - Rack Indicator, Rack #3

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the third rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #3 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9117-570: (#4653)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4654) - Rack Indicator, Rack #4

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #4 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9117-570: (#4654)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4655) - Rack Indicator, Rack #5

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #5 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9117-570: (#4655)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4656) - Rack Indicator, Rack #6

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #6 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9117-570: (#4656)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4657) - Rack Indicator, Rack #7

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the seventh rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #7 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9117-570: (#4657)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4658) - Rack Indicator, Rack #8

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eighth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #8 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9117-570: (#4658)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4659) - Rack Indicator, Rack #9

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the ninth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #9 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9117-570: (#4659)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4660) - Rack Indicator, Rack #10

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the tenth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #10 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9117-570: (#4660)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4661) - Rack Indicator, Rack #11

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eleventh rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #11 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9117-570: (#4661)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4662) - Rack Indicator, Rack #12

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the twelfth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #12 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9117-570: (#4662)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4663) - Rack Indicator, Rack #13

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the thirteenth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack-mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack-mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #13 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9117-570: (#4663)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4664) - Rack Indicator, Rack #14

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourteenth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack-mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack-mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #14 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9117-570: (#4664)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4665) - Rack Indicator, Rack #15

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifteenth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack-mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack-mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #15 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9117-570: (#4665)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4666) - Rack Indicator, Rack #16

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixteenth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack-mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack-mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #16 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9117-570: (#4666)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4691) Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box To Drawer Or Status Beacon

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

This cable can be used to connect the Rack Status Beacon Junction Box to a supported rack drawer or to the Rack Status Beacon.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between Rack Status Beacon components
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#4691)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4692) Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box Daisy Chain

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

This cable is used to connect two Rack Status Beacon Junction Boxes (#4693) together. Multiple Junction Boxes may be linked in series, as required.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between (#4693) Junction Boxes
  • Attributes required: Two or more (#4693) Junction Boxes
  • For 9117-570: (#4692)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4693) Rack Status Beacon Junction Box

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

This feature provides six input connectors and one output connector for racks configured with the Rack Status Beacon (#4690). Multiple Junction Boxes can be linked together in series with Daisy Chain Cable #4692.

  • Attributes provided: Connection of multiple drawers to a single Rack Status Beacon (#4690).
  • Attributes required: Feature #4690 and two or more #4691 cables.
  • For 9117-570: (#4693)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4764) PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Provides both cryptographic coprocessor and secure-key cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCI-X card. The coprocessor functions are targeted to banking and finance applications. Financial PIN processing and Europay, MasterCard, Visa (EMV) credit card functions are provided. EMV is a standard for integrated-chip based credit cards. The secure-key accelerator functions are targeted to improving the performance of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) transactions. The #4764 provides the security and performance required to support eBusiness and emerging digital signature applications. Host application access to the cryptographic services of the #4764 are via the Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) application programming interfaces (APIs) or additionally (as of 3/30/2007) via Public-Key Cryptographic Standards (PKCS#11) APIs. Only one API can be loaded on a single feature 4764 card.

The #4764 provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module (HSM), which is designed to meet FIPS 140 security requirements. FIPS 140 is a US Government National Institute of Standards & Technology (NIST) administered standard and certification program for cryptographic modules. The firmware for the #4764 is shipped on a CD that is part of the feature. Software installation documentation is shipped on the same CD.

Note: Prior to 3/30/2007 only CCA was supported (available on CD LCD8-0477-00). Customers installing feature 4764 prior to 3/30/2007 who now wish to install PKCS#11 can contact 1-800-IBM-SERV to request ECA 618 for use with feature 4764. Only one API can be loaded on a single feature 4764 card. Customers currently running with CCA support do not need this ECA as there is no newer version of the CCA function on this new CD

  • Attributes provided: Cryptographic Accelerator Function, EMV-Based Credit Card Function, CCA API Host Support and (as of 3/30/2007) PKCS#11 API. Both CCA APIs and PKCS#11 APIs are included on CD LCD8-0477-01, titled "4764 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor Support Version 2.0". li.Attributes required: One PCI-X card slot Note: Only one API (CCA or PKCS11 but not both) can be loaded per 4764 Feature.
  • For 9117-570: (#4764)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-09 Technology Level (APAR IY82425), or later or AIX 5L for POWER V5.3 with the 5300-05 Technology Level (APAR IY82426), or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Please validate that software components which provide SSL are enabled to use hardware cryptographic devices through the PKCS#11 or CCA API's. If assistance is needed in determining if the device will meet your needs please contact crypto@us.ibm.com.

    Note: Max per active cpu is 2; 8 per IO drawer/partition/planar.

(#4953) IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter

The IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter provides dedicated, 155 Mbps full-duplex connection to ATM networks over either permanent virtual circuits (PVC) or switched virtual circuits (SVC). This adapter enables TCP/IP to run over an ATM network with Category-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP). It also supports communication with devices located on an ATM network or bridged to a Token-Ring, Ethernet, or other LAN.

  • Attributes provided: One ATM 155 UTP connector
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 9117-570: (#4953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4957) IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter

The IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter provides direct access to ATM networks. This 155 Mbps PCI ATM MMF Adapter provides dedicated 155 Mbps full-duplex connection using permanent virtual circuits (PVC) or switched virtual circuits (SVC) and enables TCP/IP to run over an ATM network. The adapter also supports communication with devices located on an ATM network or bridged to a Token-Ring, Ethernet, or other LAN.

This 155 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter is compatible with:

  • IBM 8285 ATM Workgroup Switch
  • IBM 8260 ATM Subsystem
  • IBM 8282 ATM Concentrator
  • IBM 8281 ATM LAN Bridge
  • Attributes provided: One ATM 155Mbps MMF connection
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 9117-570: (#4957)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4959) IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter for RS/6000 is a single slot, short, 32-bit, PCI adapter supporting 4 or 16 Mbps data rates, either half-duplex or full-duplex.

Automatic Ring-Speed selection prevents "wrong speed" insertion into the ring, even when connected to speed-sensing hubs. This adapter will operate with either unshielded twisted pair (UTP) Cat 5 cable with RJ-45 connectors or shielded twisted pair (STP) Type 1A cabling with 9-pin D-shell connectors. The Token-Ring PCI Adapter will provide network boot capability.

  • Attributes provided:
  • Attributes required: A single empty 32-bit PCI adapter slot.
  • For 9117-570: (#4959)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4960) IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator

The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is a short form factor PCI Secure Socket Layer (SSL) hardware accelerator adapter. For Secure web transaction, SSL operations is a key requirement. To do this, public-key cryptographic operations using SSL handshake protocol is employed. The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is a hardware cryptographic solution that off-loads this compute-intensive public-key cryptographic processing from the host.

The overall operation control, including command decoding, is implemented in hardware and requires no on-card microprocessor subsystem. As such, the adapter is a less expensive alternative to those who do not need the high security of the on-card secure programming environment such as is offered by the PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor(#4958), but do need the high cryptographic performance that hardware acceleration provides by offloading the host processor. Note: The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is only supported by the industry standard PKCS #11 application programming interface (API) Version 2.01, and applications which interface to the PKCS #11 Support Program.

  • Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 9117-570: (#4960)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4961) IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter

IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter is a single slot, long, 64-bit, 33 MHz PCI adapter supporting 4 industry standard Ethernet 10 Base-T or 100 Base-T interfaces either half or full duplex. Each port is provided with it's own RJ-45 connector for attachment to standard CAT-3/5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable. The adapter is IEEE 802.3u compatible and provides full auto-negotiation for detecting speed and duplex capability across each port. Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM) capability are available using this adapter if no specific limitation is stated. The IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4961) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. But, for high end systems, where card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II (#4962) or the IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter (#2968) are the preferred solutions. Below are some performance factors to consider when choosing the right adapter for your needs. These performance comparisons are based on all four ports of the IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4961) being active.

  • With all four ports under full bandwidth conditions, a single IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4961) is expected to deliver up to 3 times the comparable performance of a single IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II (#4962) or the IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter (#2968).
  • Under most conditions, each port of the IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4961) is expected to perform at greater than 50% the throughput of the single port of the IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II (#4962) or the IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter (#2968).

Note: The resulting performance in your environment compared to the above may vary and depends upon the RS/6000 model, the I/O configuration, and associated workload of your applications.

  • Attributes provided: 4 ports of 10/100 Base-Tx Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 9117-570: (#4961)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4962) 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II is a small form factor, single port PCI ethernet adapter. This high performance, low power ethernet 10/100Mbps LAN adapter can be used in both client and server PCI systems. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II provides both 10Base-T and 100Base-TX full duplex ethernet LAN connectivity. The adapter supports Category-5 unshielded twisted pair cabling for both 10/100 Mbps and Category-3 unshielded twisted pair cabling for 10 Mbps. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports:

  • Half / Full Duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet interface
  • 10/100 Mbps data rates
  • Auto-negotiation for 10/100 speed and half/full duplex
  • Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM)
  • IEEE 802.3 Ethernet Specification
  • IEEE 802.3u Fast Ethernet Specification

After 4/26/02, the 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports the off-load of IP Security cryptographic algorithms by providing hardware assistance in performing data encryption and authentication. This support is provided with AIX 5.1 (with appropriate software updates)and later software. This IP Security function, normally performed with encryption software by the host, is off-loaded to this adapter to enhance network traffic throughput and reduce CPU utilization. If you are running with AIX 5.1, to invoke the IP Security function on the adapter, you must obtain AIX 5.1 software updates IY27069 and IY26514 or the 5100-02 Recommended Maintenance package. These updates can be obtained by ordering APAR IY28102, or by ordering the AIX 5.1 Update CD (LCD4-1103-03) dated 4/2002 or later.

Note: This IP Security function is not supported with AIX 4.3 software.

An additional function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also available. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also available. Both these functions are available with AIX version 5.1 with APAR IY38248 or later software, or AIX version 5.2 with APAR IY38492 or later software.

  • Attributes provided: One 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port (connector)
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 9117-570: (#4962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4963) PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)

The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) is a 2/3 length PCI adapter which combines hardware and software to provide a wide variety of security services. The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) is a second generation adapter of the Cryptographic Coprocessor family that provides high performance secure hardware engines for secure internet transactions such as transmitting data, verifying electronic signatures, bulk data encryption and decryption. In addition, the card is enclosed in a tamper proof enclosure to restrict access to on card resources, designed to FIPS 140-1 Level 4 standards.

Security functions supported by the adapter include:

  • DES (Data Encryption Standard) (40 and 56 bit key) encryption and decryption, with pre-and post-padding; the coprocessor uses both ECB (electronic and codebook) and CBC (cipher block chain) modes of encryption.
  • MAC (Message Authentication) generation and MAC verification services
  • Triple DES (three key) encryption and decryption of eight-byte units
  • Secure RSA key-pair generation
  • RSA signature generation and signature verification at 18 signatures/sec at 2048 bits
  • Hardware random number generation
  • Secure data storage and retrieval
  • Other non-cryptographic security utilities can be carried out using the onboard processor

As part of this adapter's physical security features, the following events will cause an adapter shutdown and secure data zeroization.

  • Shipping/Storage Temperature less than -15C or greater than 95C
  • Dead Battery (VBAT less than 2.4V)
  • Supply Voltage greater than 3.3V/12V max
  • Mesh Sensor opens/shorts detection
  • X-ray exposure

IBM offers software to enable your use of the Coprocessors. Two different approaches to cryptographic functions are offered for download from the following website

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards
  • PKCS #11 Version 2.01, an implementation of the industry-standard API
  • IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA), featuring support of special interest to the finance industry.

Under custom contract, IBM also offers toolkits that you can employ to develop extensions to the CCA offering and to develop your own application to exploit the secure computing environment and cryptographic hardware. For more information on custom contracts, refer to website

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards.

For additional information on the IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor, refer to the following World Wide web page:

  • http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards

Limitations:

  • The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor Adapter is a field only installed device in order to meet restrictive shipping requirements.
  • Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 9117-570: (#4963)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4964) PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor

The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor is a 2/3 length PCI adapter combining hardware and software designed to provide high performance hardware engines for secure internet transactions such as data exchange, verifying electronic signatures, bulk data encryption and decryption. Cryptographic processes are performed within a tamper resistant enclosure on the adapter that is designed to meet FIPS PUB 140-1 standard for commercial cryptographic devices at Level 3.

Security functions supported by the adapter includes:

  • Data Encryption Standard (DES) (56 and 40 bit keys) encryption and decryption, with pre- and post-padding; the coprocessor uses both electronic and codebook (ECB) and cipher block chain (CBC) modes of encryption.
    • Message Authentication (MAC) and financial PIN processing
    • Triple DES encryption and decryption of general data
    • RSA key-pair generation
    • RSA signature generation and signature verification
    • Secure Hashing Algorithm (SHA-1) in hardware
    • Hardware random number generation
    • Protected data storage and retrieval
    • Other non-cryptographic security utilities can be carried out using the onboard processor

IBM offers software to enable your use of the Coprocessors. Two different approaches to cryptographic functions, listed below, are offered for download from

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards
  • PKCS #11 Version 2.01, an implementation of the industry-standard API
  • IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA), featuring support of special interest to the finance industry.

Under custom contract, IBM also offers toolkits that you can employ to develop extensions to the CCA offering and to develop your own application to exploit the secure computing environment and cryptographic hardware. For more information on custom contracts, refer to

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards

For additional information on the IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor, refer to the following World Wide web page

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards

Limitations:

  • The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor Adapter is a field only installed device in order to meet restrictive shipping requirements.

    Note: This adapter may have AIX 5.1 support limitations. Go to the following URL to view the latest AIX 5.1 support limitation statements

    http://www.ibm.com/servers/aix/os/adapters/51.html
  • Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 9117-570: (#4964)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply.

    Note: A maximum of two #4964 adapters are allowed per system drawer.

(#5001) Customer Service Specify

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

This feature code specifies that the system will receive special request services from the Customer Solution Center (CSC).

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#5001)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5005) Software Preinstall

(No Longer Available in Latin America as of March 01, 2006)

Licensed programs may be preinstalled on the media selected. To order this option, specify code (#5005) on the initial system order. The preinstalled licensed programs will be at the same release level as programs being shipped from the Program Libraries at the time the system is manufactured.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#5005)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5647) Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for one, single width PCI Express adapter or PCI-X adapter that will be mounted in a Standard Length PCI slot. It includes the necessary hardware to mount various sizes of single width PCI adapters that may be less than standard size. Use FC #5646 for PCI adapters that are mounted in "short" PCI slots.

  • Attributes provided: Mounting Hardware for a standard length PCI slot
  • Attributes required: Empty PCI slot - Standard Length
  • For 9117-570: (#5647)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5700) IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9117-570: (#5700)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5701) IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9117-570: (#5701)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5703) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter (#5703) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high performance Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0,5, or 10 capability and can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 40 MByte non-volitile fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this adapter. The 40 MByte fast-write cache can provide a significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has two independent ultra320 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and two external ports. The two internal ports are shared with the two external ports. The SCSI busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on certain supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array (attached to either the internal or external ports) are required to be formatted to 522 byte sectors. 522 byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrity. A menu option is provided in the AIX supporting software which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512 byte sectors.

Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. Also, there are some disk drives which do not support being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following web page URL

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate configured as either a non-array or an array of disks Also the two external ports provide non-array connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate as well as connectivity to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate, but is limited to only non-array configuration support.
  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003, require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following web page URL
http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X bus slot
  • For 9117-570: (#5703)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: This system uses blind swap hardware to manage the installation and removal of PCI Adapters. Therefore, the internal connectors on PCI adapters are not supported for use in this system.

(#5706) IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5706) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5701) is the preferred solution. Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9117-570: (#5706)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5707) IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) is the preferred solution.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9117-570: (#5707)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5709) Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card

(No Longer Available as of May 12, 2005)

The Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card (#5709) is a bootable high performance SCSI RAID Enablement feature providing RAID 0,5, or 10 capability to select pSeries systems with the appropriate supporting integrated SCSI adapter and internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives.

To increase the data writing performance, a 16 MByte non-volitile fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this feature. The 16 MByte fast-write cache can provide an improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array are required to be formatted to 522 byte sectors. 522 byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrity. A menu option is provided in the AIX supporting software which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512 byte sectors. Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. Also, there are some disk drives which do not support being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following web page URL

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Limitations:

  • Even though the supporting integrated adapter with the Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003, require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following web page URL
http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/
  • Attributes provided: Internal disk drives to be configured as an array.
  • Attributes required: Systems with supporting integrated SCSI adapter.
  • For 9117-570: (#5709)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each system drawer can have a maximum of one feature #5709.

(#5712) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.), up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI adapter (160 MBps). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The two external ports also provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate and to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. Also the two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following web page URL
http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 9117-570: (#5712)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: This system uses blind swap hardware to manage the installation and removal of PCI Adapters. Therefore, the internal connectors on PCI adapters are not supported for use in this system.

(#5713) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • For 9117-570: (#5713)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Max 2 per drawer.

(#5714) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses Small form factor LC type fiber optic connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • For 9117-570: (#5714)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Max 2 per drawer.

(#5716) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 27, 2007)

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/disk/products.htm

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 9117-570: (#5716)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5718) 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

Provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections. Supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000MHz km minimum model bandwidth at 850 nm. Adapter connector type is LC.

  • Attributes provided: Provides highend bandwidth for networking
  • Attributes required: Supported on PCI-X slots only
  • For 9117-570: (#5718)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two #5718 adapters per system drawer. Drawers with only one processor card can have a maximum of one #5718 adapter.

(#5719) IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

Offers 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections over a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector type for connecting into net-work infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot
  • For 9117-570: (#5719)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: o AIX V5.2 or higher o Linux-Refer to the following website for Linux information
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5721) - 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The adapter supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000 MHz*km minimum model bandwidth at 850 nm wavelength. The fiber cable connects to the adapter with LC type connector. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard.

  • Attributes provided: Provides high-end bandwidth for networking
  • Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug into PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
  • For 9117-570: (#5721)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83444 and IY84022, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83424 and IY84026, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
              http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
              hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Max 2 per drawer

    The minimum system firmware level required is SF235_204. Single Data Rate (SDR) mode is supported.

    System firmware can be downloaded from

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

    Note: The combined cumulative total for feature 5718, 5719, 5721 and 5722 is 16.

(#5722) - 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 28, 2008)

The adapter supports a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm 9um single- mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector to facilitate connecting into network infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug in PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
  • For 9117-570: (#5722)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83444 and IY84022, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83424 and IY84026, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
              http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
              hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Max 2 per drawer.

    The minimum system firmware level required is SF235_204. Single Data Rate (SDR) mode is supported.

    System firmware can be downloaded from

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

    Note: The combined cumulative total for feature 5718, 5719, 5721 and 5722 is 16.

(#5723) 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

Connection for 2 Asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are Programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Asynchronous Ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI Slot
  • For 9117-570: (#5723)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX V5.2 or higher o Linux-Refer to the following website for Linux information
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5726) - Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card (#5726) is a bootable high performance SCSI RAID Enablement feature providing RAID 0,5, or 10 capability to select pSeries systems with the appropriate supporting integrated SCSI adapter and internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives. To increase the data writing performance, a 16 MByte non-volitile fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this feature. The 16 MByte fast-write cache can provide an improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters. When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array are required to be formatted to 522 byte sectors. 522 byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrety. A menu option is provided in the AIX supporting software which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512 byte sectors. Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. Also, there are some disk drives which do not support being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following web page URL

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Limitation: Even though the supporting integrated adapter with the Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

  • Attributes provided: Internal disk drives to be configured as an array.
  • Attributes required: System with supporting integrated SCSI adapter.
  • For 9117-570: (#5726)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each system drawer can have a maximum of one feature #5709 or #5726.

(#5728) - Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card (#5728) is a bootable high performance SCSI RAID Enablement feature providing RAID 0,5, or 10 capability to select pSeries systems with the appropriate supporting integrated SCSI adapter and internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives.

To increase the data writing performance, a 40 MByte nonvolatile fast- write cache is provided as a resident part of this feature. The 40 MByte fast-write cache can provide an improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array are required to be formatted to 522 byte sectors. A menu option is provided in the AIX supporting software which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512 byte sectors. Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. Also, there are some disk drives which do not support being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following web page URL

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Limitation: Even though the supporting integrated adapter with the Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

  • Attributes provided: Internal disk drives can be configured as an array.
  • Attributes required: System with supporting integrated SCSI adapter and disk drives.
  • For 9117-570: (#5728)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 4, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: Each drawer enclosure within a System can have a maximum of one FC 5728, 5726 or 5709.

Note: When the optional Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card (#5728) is added to the drawer it will override the internal split backplane function and combine all 6 DASD files to one RAID controller.

(#5736) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.2 with the 5200-07 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY67914) or AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.3 with the 5300-03 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY71011) or later software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI nonRAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • To obtain microcode update go to the following web page URL
    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot or PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
  • For 9117-570: (#5736)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 4, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of 6 per CEC enclosure.

    Note: This system uses blind swap hardware to manage the installation and removal of PCI Adapters. Therefore, the internal connectors on PCI adapters are not supported for use in this system.

(#5737) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID LVD only Adapter (#5737) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high performance Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0, 5, 6, or 10 capability, and can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 90 MByte non-volatile fast-write cache is a resident part of this adapter. The 90 MByte fast-write cache can provide a significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has two independent ultra320 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and two external ports. The two internal ports are shared with the two external ports. The SCSI busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on certain supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives. Internally attached Ultra320 devices designed to run at 320 MB can run up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. All attaching devices should be Ultra320 LVD devices to utilize the 320 MB per second performance, however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. This card does not support single-ended (SE) devices.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array (attached to either the internal or the external ports) are required to be formatted to 522-byte sectors. 522-byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrity. A menu option provide in the AIX supporting software, which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512-byte sectors.

Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. In addition, there are some disk drives, which do not support 522 Byte Sectors format. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following web page URL

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD external subsystems.

Limitations:

  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

Minimum System Firmware Required:

System firmware level required is SF235_185 or greater. Firmware level SF235_185 adjusts the PCI slots to run in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode. Enablement of Double Data Rate (DDR)slots to run at DDR mode is planned to be provided in an upcoming firmware enhancement.

For Double Data Rate (DDR), check for firmware upgrade at URL

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

Running the adapter on a system with firmware level lower than SF235_185 is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X DDR bus slot
  • For 9117-570: (#5737)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of 5 adapters per enclosure.

    Note: This system uses blind swap hardware to manage the installation and removal of PCI Adapters. Therefore, the internal connectors on PCI adapters are not supported for use in this system.

(#5740) 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X 1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a single adapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, and is designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using two integrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

  • Four RJ-45 ports
  • 3.3 volts, 64-bit 133 MHz with 64-bit Bus Mastering on the PCI-X bus
  • IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T compliant
  • IEEE 802.3u 100Base-T compliant
  • IEEE 802.3 10Base-T compliant
  • 802.1q VLAN tagging
  • Interrupt Moderation
  • TCP Segmentation offload and encapsulation in hardware
  • Checksum offloading of IP, TCP, and UDP frame
  • Increased connectivity while significantly reducing CPU utilization
  • Two LED adapter status indicators per port for link activity and speed
  • NIM is supported on all 4 ports
  • RoHS compliant

Limit Full bandwidth performance may not be achieved with more than one adapter per PCI Host Bridge (PHB) or more than one CPU.

  • Attributes provided: Four 10/100/1000 RJ-45 ports
  • Attributes required: One available PCI-X card slot
  • For 9117-570: (#5740)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Max 4 per drawer.

(#5751) IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive is an internal tray loading, multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs as well as reading a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. It is a 12.7mm high Slimline form factor, multi-session capable, DVD-RAM drive which provides state of the art performance. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: 3600KB/sec CD-ROM (24X) max @ outer diameter; 10.8MB/sec read (8X DVD-ROM); 2.7MB/sec write (2X DVD-RAM) and 2.7MB/sec read (2X DVD-RAM)
  • Interface: Parallel IDE
  • Average Random Access Time: 150ms CD-ROM; 180ms DVD-ROM; 229ms DVD-RAM
  • Buffer Memory: 2MB
  • High-speed burst rate of 16/16/33 MB/second for PIO / MDMA / UDMA transfers respectively
  • Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs and 12cm discs.
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal position
  • Reads multi-session discs
  • Reads CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM, & DVD-RAM discs.
  • Reads 2.6GB DVD-RAM media; reads and writes 4.7GB and 9.4GB double sided) DVD-RAM media
  • Supports all major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio

Limitations:

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • Drive only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1.
  • Attributes provided: One 4.7GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
  • Attributes required: One IDE 12.7mm high media bay
  • For 9117-570: (#5751)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5758) - 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

  • 6 adapters per node for connectivity.
  • 4 adapters per node for performance.
  • Connectivity Maximum: (24)
  • Performance Maximum: (16)

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot
  • For 9117-570: (#5758)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83649 and IY83172, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83730 and IY83163, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
             http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
             hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Max 6 per drawer.

    The minimum system firmware level required is SF235_185. Single Data Rate (SDR) mode is supported.

    System firmware can be downloaded from

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

(#5759) - 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

  • 4 adapters per node for connectivity.
  • 2 adapters per node for performance.
  • Connectivity Maximum: (16)
  • Performance Maximum: (8)

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

Note: Please carefully consider the usage of this card. If placed in a PCI-X slot rated as SDR compatible and/or has the slot speed of 133 MHz, the AIX value of the max_xfer_size must be kept at the default setting of 0x100000 (1 megabyte) when both ports are in use. The architecture of the DMA buffer for these slots does not accommodate larger max_xfer_size settings.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
  • For 9117-570: (#5759)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83649 and IY83172, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83730 and IY83163, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
             http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
             hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Max 4 per drawer

    The minimum system firmware level required is SF235_185. Single Data Rate (SDR) mode is supported.

    System firmware can be downloaded from

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

(#5886) EXP 12S Expansion Drawer

(No Longer Available as of January 6, 2012)

The EXP 12S is an expansion drawer with twelve 3.5-inch form factor SAS bays. #5886 supports up to 12 hot-swap SAS Hard Disk Drives (HDD) or up to 8 hot-swap Solid State Drives (SSD). The EXP 12S includes redundant AC power supplies and two power cords. Though the drawer is one set of 12 drives which is run by one SAS controller or one pair of SAS controllers, it has two SAS attachment ports and two Service Managers for redundancy. The EXP 12S takes up a 2 EIA space in a 19-inch rack. The SAS controller can be a SAS PCI-X or PCIe adapter or pair of adapters or can be an imbedded SAS controller in a server with an imbedded SAS port such as the 8203 or 8204. Attachment to the controller is via the appropriate external SAS cables. A pair of #5886 EXP12S drawers can be attached together with SAS cables allowing the SAS controller(s) to access 24 SAS bays.

Note: SSD is not supported in #5886 when attach to Power 5 server.

  • Additional information can be found in the Technical Information section of the IBM System Storage EXP 12S Announce letter
  • http://www-01.ibm.com/common/ssi/cgi-bin/ ssialias?infotype=AN&subtype=CA&htmlfid=897/ ENUS108-074&appname=USN#@2h@80@
  • Attributes provided: 12 SAS bays, slot filler panels are provided for empty bays when initially shipped from IBM.
  • Attributes required:
    • Available SAS controller (PCI or imbedded server controller)
    • Power System server, POWER5 or later
    • Available 2U 19-inch rack space
  • For 9117-570: (#5886)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5902) PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

The PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a long form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications requiring two adapters. Two #5902 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. With proper cabling, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS failure occur. RAID levels 0, 5, 6, and 10 are supported. It is used with FC 5886 EXP 12S SAS disk expansion drawers. FC 5902 is always to be in used in a High Availability configuration using two adapters.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four FC 5886 12S disk expansion drawers
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • RAID 0, 5, 6, and 10
  • 175MB of NV Fast Write Cache
  • Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors.
  • Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot per #5902. Configuration always requires even pairs of #5902. SAS Media devices are not supported. When attaching #5886 EXP 12S use one of the following SAS (X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663 must be used.
  • For 9117-570: (#5902)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: The System Max is 48 with attached I/O drawers. Each CEC can support up to five SAS RAID adapters.

(#5912) PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

The PCI-X DDR Dual Connector x4 SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications. With proper cabling, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS failure occur. RAID levels 0 and 10 are supported. FC 5912 may also be used in a High Availability configuration using two adapters.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four FC 5886 12S disk expansion drawers
  • Removable Media Device Supported
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SATA speed = 1.5Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP) , Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • RAID 0 and 10
  • Dual controller supports mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors
  • Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
  • For 9117-570: (#5912)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Max per CEC is five and system Max is twenty-four with attached I/O drawers.

(#5922) Non-paired SAS RAID indicator

Feature 5922 must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #5902. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #5902 on one system and the paired #5902 located on a second system.

  • Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
  • Attributes required: Every #5922 requires a SAS RAID adapter on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
  • For 9117-570: (#5922)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5951) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5951)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5952) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5952)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5953) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5954) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5954)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5955) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5955)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5956) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5956)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5957) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194P keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5957)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5958) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5958)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5959) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5959)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5960) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5960)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5961) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Chinese #467 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5961)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5962) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5963) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5963)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5964) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/French, #120

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/French #120 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5964)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5965) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5965)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5966) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5966)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5967) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5967)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5968) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss, French/German #150 /F/G keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5968)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5969) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5969)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5970) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Dutch #143 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5970)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5971) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5971)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5972) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5972)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5973) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5973)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5974) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5974)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5975) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5975)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5976) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Czech #243 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5976)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5977) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5977)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5978) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5978)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5979) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #253 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5979)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5980) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5980)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5981) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5981)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5982) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovenian #234 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5982)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5983) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English International, #103P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached US English International #103P keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#5983)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6001) Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides a two-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 2M power control cable
  • Attributes required: I/O drawer
  • For 9117-570: (#6001)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6006) Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter

This feature provides a three-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 3M power control cable.
  • Attributes required: two drawers in the same rack.
  • For 9117-570: (#6006)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6007) Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter

This feature provides a fifteen-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 15M power control cable.
  • Attributes required: I/O drawer
  • For 9117-570: (#6007)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6008) Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a six-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 6M power control cable
  • Attributes required: I/O drawer
  • For 9117-570: (#6008)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6029) Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 30 meter

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a thirty-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 30M power control cable.
  • Attributes required: two drawers in the same rack.
  • For 9117-570: (#6029)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6203) PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter

The PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter (#6203) is a 64-bit adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external and will support a data rate of up to 160 MBytes per second, up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI adapter (80 MBytes per second).

In order to achieve an Ultra3 SCSI bus data rate of up to 160 MBytes per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this Ultra3 160 MBytes per second performance, all attaching devices or subsystems should also be Ultra3 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2 and Ultra3 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter.

Note: If any Single Ended (SE) SCSI subsystem is attached to an external port of this adapter, the SCSI port will auto-throttle to a "Fast" interface speed running no faster than 20MB/s maximum. This auto-throttle function is performed to ensure best signal quality between host adapter and attaching subsystem. The second external port is unaffected unless a SE subsystem is also attached to it. If so, it would also auto-throttle as described above.

The PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter (#6203) also is a native boot adapter with AIX 4.3.3 or AIX 5.1 (with appropriate updates) in the supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available PCI slot
  • For 9117-570: (#6203)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6204) PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

The PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter is the latest technology advancement of an RS/6000 SCSI-2 differential adapter with a maximum data transfer rates of 40 MBytes per second. This adapter has the capability to be plugged into the newer +3.3 volt PCI slots as well as the older +5 volt PCI slots. Feature code # 6204 allows connection to external differential SCSI-2 F/W or Ultra SCSI type devices up to 25 meters away. Feature code # 6204 will negotiate with each external device and transfer data at the fastest SCSI data transfer rate capable by the external device. Check system sales pages as to which external differential subsystems are supported.

The adapter conforms to SCSI-2 standard and the Fast-20 (Ultra) documentation. Industry standard 68 pin connectors are incorporated (SCSI "P" connector definition of X3T9.2/90-048).

  • Attributes provided: 15 external SCSI-2 addresses
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot.
  • For 9117-570: (#6204)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6228) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI adapter with LC type external fiber connectors that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1Gps or 2Gps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1Gps or 2Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC Fibre Channel Conversion Cable (#2456) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/disk/products.htm

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 FC/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI slot
  • For 9117-570: (#6228)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6230) Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter

The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230) is a 4 port (2 loop) Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) adapter providing an instantaneous data transfer rate of up to 160 MByte/s per loop. It also provides eight-initiator, non-RAID capability, two-initiator RAID 1, two-initiator RAID 0 + 1, two-initiator RAID 5, or one-initiator RAID 0 capability. The adapter accepts a 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) that improves write performance in RAID 0+1, RAID 5, and non-RAID applications. When the 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card is used, the adapter can be configured in either single or dual initiator fast-write cache mode. In dual initiator fast-write cache mode, if one of the two adapters fail, the failing adapter is designed to transfer control over to the other. Also, in dual initiator Fast Write Cache mode, the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is available and required to utilize the full 32 MBytes of fast-write cache on the adapters. If the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card is not used in dual initiator fast-write cache mode, the effective fast-write cache capacity will be 16 MBytes on each adapter. See the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) for information.

The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter when operated in a RAID 5 configuration will support (2+P) to (15+P) arrays and up to 6 (15+P) arrays. When operated in a RAID 1 or RAID 0+1 configuration, will support up to eight disk drives mirrored. The adapter also supports Hot Spares in RAID 5 and RAID 0+1 mode. The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter also supports connectivity to external disk enclosures and internal RS/6000 SSA configurations. Optional SSA Fiber-Optic Extender is also supported (Refer to IBM 7133 Sales literature for additional information)

Any supported RS/6000 system can be set up to boot from an Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230), provided a non-RAID SSA disk is included as part of the configuration. Other disks associated with the adapter can be RAID but at least one disk must be a non-RAID SSA disk. The non-RAID SSA disk can be located under the covers of a processor unit or in an external SSA storage unit. If your system is running with AIX 4.3.3 or later software, native boot capability is supported. For factory system orders with AIX preload requested, an internal SCSI disk drive will be preloaded as the native boot disk even if internal SSA disk drive(s) are present. If your system is running with AIX 4.2.1 or AIX 4.3.2 software, the below procedure applies in order to boot using the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter:

  • The non-RAID SSA disk can be located under the covers of a processor unit or in an external SSA storage unit.

  • A supported AIX version of software (with proper updates) must be loaded to the non-RAID SSA disk using AIX's Network Install Manager (NIM) before booting from the non-RAID disk.

  • The system with a non-RAID SSA disk must have a network connection with another RS/6000 system performing the NIM Master function to perform the install. On RS/6000 SP systems, a similar network install is performed from a control workstation.

  • Once AIX with updates is installed on the non-RAID SSA disk and the system is configured for booting, booting will take place from the boot disk without any support from the control processor or NIM Master and the system does not have to be connected to the network at boot time.

After October 3, 2000, a 3-Way Copy Function will be available. This 3-Way Copy Function allows a user to create a third copy to an existing RAID-1 or RAID 0+1 array while mirrored operation continues. 3-Way Copy allows the user, at any time after the copy process has completed, to split the third copy off from the original RAID-1 or RAID 0+1 array to form an independent RAID copy. This third copy or "snapshot" copy could be typically used to perform a backup or to test some new application. The 3-Way Copy Function is available only via a code download and can only be gained by going to the SSA web support pages defined below.

When performing SSA device or subsystem planning, installation, upgrades, or preventive maintenance, refer to the following web support pages. They provide access to the latest SSA publications and support code for the system, SSA adapters, and SSA subsystems. These sites should also be considered during system hardware and/or operating system upgrades if SSA devices are included in the system.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/products/ssa/

The above link contains links to SSA publications and other SSA websites, including the one below.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/products/ssa/rs6k/index.html

The above link contains lists of the latest SSA support code and provides code download capability for the RS/6000 and AIX environments.

Limitation: Internal ports on the adapter are not supported. See machine/model specific information to determine if internal SSA disk drives and associated hardware/cables are supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of SSA devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI bus slot
  • For 9117-570: (#6230)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6231) 128 MByte DRAM Option Card

The 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is a field only optional feature to the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or a factory or field option for the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230). This option is recommended for dual initiator fail-over Fast Write Cache (FWC) configurations. The option increases the existing DRAM on the adapter to 128 MBytes. In this type of dual initiator FWC configuration, the existing DRAM does not have enough capacity to completely contain a copy of each adapter's 32 MByte FWC and also provide additional working space. The 128 MByte DRAM Option Card provides this additional space needed to contain a full copy of each adapters 32 MByte FWC content and allows for full 32 MByte fail-over protection. If the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is not used with dual-initiator FWC configurations, the effective FWC capacity is reduced to 16 MBytes per adapter.

If this feature is ordered as a field upgrade to an existing SerialRAID adapter (#6225 or 6230), a CD-ROM with appropriate software and publications are also provided.

  • Attributes provided: 128 MByte DRAM memory
  • Attributes required: Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230). A 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) is also recommended.
  • For 9117-570: (#6231)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6235) 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card

The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) is a 32 MByte fast-write optional feature that plugs into the IBM RS/6000 Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter Plus (#6230). It utilizes non-volatile RAM. During the unlikely event of an Advanced SerialRAID Adapter failure, a replacement Advanced SerialRAID Adapter can be installed and the fast-write cache can be removed from the failing adapter and installed in the new adapter insuring data integrity. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card can provide a significant improvement of data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SSA RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement using the optional card will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card plugged into the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (# 6225) will operate in either non-RAID or RAID 5 mode, in single-initiator configurations. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card plugged into the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (# 6230) will operate in non-RAID, RAID 5, or RAID 0+1 mode, in single-initiator or dual initiator configurations.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: One Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230).
  • For 9117-570: (#6235)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6239) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/disk/products.htm

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 9117-570: (#6239)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6458) Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU).

  • Attributes provided: Power cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6458)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6469) Power Cord (14-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States, Plug Type #5

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6469 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados,
Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands,
Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El
Salvador, Guam, Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia,
Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines,
St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.
 
  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6469)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6470) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6470 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

   United States, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize,
   Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands,
   Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador,
   El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica,
   Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles,
   Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin,
   Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.
 
  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6470)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6471) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #70

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #70 (iNMETRO NBR 6147, NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6471 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Brazil.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6471)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6472) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #18

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #18 (CEE 7 VII). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6472 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

   Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria,
   Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia/Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso,
   Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic,
   Chad, Comoros, Conogo, Croatia, Czech Republic, Dahomey, Djibuouti,
   Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Finland,
   France, French Polynesia, French Guyana, Gabon, Georgia, Germany,
   Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Hungary, Iceland,
   Indonesia, Iran, Ivory Coast, Kazakhstan, Krygystan, Laos, Latvia,
   Lebanon, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macau, Macedonia, Mali, Martinigue,
   Mauritania, Mauritus, Mayotte, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco,
   Mozambique, Netherlands, New Caledonia, Niger, North Korea (C19
   only), Norway, Poland, Portugal, Principe, Reunion, Romania, Russia,
   Rwanda, St. Thomas, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovenia,
   Somalia, South Korea (C19 only), Spain, Surinam, Sweden, Syria,
   Tahiti, Tajikistan, Togo, Tunesia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine,
   Upper Volta, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis & Futuna, Zaire,
   Zimbabwe.
 
  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6472)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required:
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6473) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #19

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #19 (CEE). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6473 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Denmark.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6473)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6474) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A), Plug Type #23

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #23 (BS 1364A). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6474 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

   Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei, Channel Islands, Cyprus,
   Dominica, Gambia, Grenada, Grenadines, Guyana, Hong Kong, Iraq,
   Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Liberia, Malawi, Malaysia, Malta,
   Myanmar, Nigeria, Oman, Qatar, Sierra Leone, Singapore, St. Kitts,
   St. Lucia, Seychelles, Sudan, Tanzania, Trinidad & Tobago, United
   Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Yemen, Zambia
 
  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6474)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6475) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #32

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #32 (SII 32-1971). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6475 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Israel.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6475)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6476) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #24

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #24 (SEV 24507). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6476 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Lichtenstein, Switzerland.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6476)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6477) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #22

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #22 (SABS 164). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6477 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

  • Bangladesh
  • LeSotho
  • Maceo
  • Maldives
  • Nambia
  • Pakistan
  • Samoa
  • South Africa
  • Sri Lanka
  • Swaziland
  • Uganda
  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6477)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6478) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #25

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #25 (CEI 23-16). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6478 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Chile, Italy, Libya.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6478)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6479) Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6

(No Longer Available as of June 24, 2005)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6479 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

  • Australia
  • Fiji Islands
  • Kiribati
  • Nauru
  • New Zealand
  • Papua New Guinea
  • W. Samoa
  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6479)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6487) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States, PlugType #5

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6487 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados,
Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands,
Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El
Salvador, Guam, Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia,
Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines,
St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.
 
  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6487)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6488) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A), Plug Type #2

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6488 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6488)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6493) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #62

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #62 (GB 1053). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6493 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: People's Republic of China.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6493)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6494) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #69

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #69 (IS 6538). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6494 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: India.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6494)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6495) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #73

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #73. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6495 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Brazil

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6495)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6496) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #66

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #66 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6496 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: North Korea, South Korea.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6496)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6598) - Disk Slot Fillers (Quantity 4)

This feature allows the customer to move disks from the system to another system or an IO drawer and to place a blank disk filler in the empty disk slot. Systems shipped from manufacturing have blank filler in the empty disk slots.

  • Attributes provided: 4 disk slot fillers
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6598)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6651) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #75

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #75 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6651 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6651)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6659) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #76

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #76 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6659 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6659)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6669) Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking)

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6669)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6670) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59 (DENAN marking)

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6670)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6671) - Power Cord (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 9-foot length.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6671)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6672) - Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 6.5-foot length.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6672)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required:
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6680) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6, Insulated

This insulated power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6479 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Australia, Fiji Islands, Kiribati, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, W. Samoa.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6680)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6687) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking)

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#6687)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7049) 8/16GB (4x4GB) DIMMs, CUoD, 8GB Active, 200 MHz DDR1

(No Longer Available as of March 21, 2008)

This feature provides 8/16GB of system memory with 4 4GB DIMMs. 8192MB of the memory is active. It is used to provide memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 16384MB of memory, with 8192MB active
  • Attributes required: Four empty DDR1 memory DIMM positions
  • For 9117-570: (#7049)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7164) IBM/OEM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit - Adjustable Depth

This feature provides a rack rail kit used to install a rack-mount system in an IBM 19-inch rack. Because the rail depth is adjustable, this feature can also be installed in OEM racks from non-IBM vendors.

  • Attributes provided: Rack rail kit
  • Attributes required: Rack mountable system
  • For 9117-570: (#7164)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each drawer in the system requires one rack rail kit, #7164.

(#7165) OEM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit

(No Longer Available as of May 12, 2005)

This feature provides a adjustable depth rack rail kit used to install a rack-mount system in an OEM 19-inch rack.

  • Attributes provided: Rack rail kit
  • Attributes required: Rack-mountable system
  • For 9117-570: (#7165)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each drawer in the system requires one rack rail kit, either #7164 or #7165.

(#7300) System Drawer Enclosure w/ Bezel

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides the chassis and IBM Bezel for a single drawer of the system.

  • Attributes provided: Chassis for one system drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7300)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7305) AAP Software Pre-Install Indicator

Software pre-install indicator for Authorized Assemblers

  • Attributes provided: Software Preinstall
  • Attributes required: Authorized Assembler Order
  • For 9117-570: (#7305)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7549) - Quantity 150 of #3647

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Ships a quantity 150 of #3647 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

  • Attributes provided: 150 of #3647 for every #7549
  • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bay
  • For 9117-570: (#7549)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i - not supported
      • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later.
      • AIX 6.1 or later.
      • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
      • Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, or later.
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

(#7564) - Quantity 150 of #3648

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Quantity of 150 of #3648.

  • Attributes provided: 150 #3648 for each #7564
  • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays
  • For 9117-570: (#7564)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i - not supported
      • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later.
      • AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
      • Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, or later.
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

(#7565) - Quantity 150 of #3649

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Quantity 150 of #3649 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

  • Attributes provided: 150 #3649
  • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays
  • For 9117-570: (#7565)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i - not supported
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 10
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 5
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 3
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems or later.
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 4.5 or later.
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

(#7618) One way Processor Activation for Processor FC 8338

This feature number will permanently activatethe first or second processor on an 8338 CoD Processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Activation for one 8338 processor
  • Attributes required: Processor card 8338 with at least one inactive processor
  • For 9117-570: (#7618)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7624) On/Off Processor Billing Day for FC 8338

Once an On/Off Processor Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the system, you must report your on/off usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is then provided to your sales channel. The sales channel will place an order for a quantity of On/Off Processor Day Billing features and bill you. One #7624 should be ordered for each billable processor day.

  • Attributes provided: one processor day usage for FC 8338
  • Attributes required: processor FC 8338 with On/Off usage.
  • For 9117-570: (#7624)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7663) 1GB DDR2 Memory Activation

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature will permanently activate 1GB of DDR2 CoD Memory.

  • Attributes provided: 1GB DDR2 Memory Activation
  • Attributes required: 1GB inactive DDR2 Memory
  • For 9117-570: (#7663)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: no max)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7665) One way Processor Activation for Processor FC 7782

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature number will permanently activatethe first or second processor on a 7782 CoD Processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Activation for one 7782 processor
  • Attributes required: Processor card 7782 with at least one inactive processor
  • For 9117-570: (#7665)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7666) 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for one 1.9GHz Processor on FC 7782

This feature provides 30 processor-days of prepaid reserve capacity usage for one of the 1.9GHz processors on FC 7782. This feature allows the use of inactive processors in the system on a one day use basis. To understand how to take advantage of the Reserve Capacity feature of the p570 through the shared processor pool, review the data at this website

http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/ondemand/cod

  • Attributes provided: Allows the use of one of the 1.9GHz Processors on FC 7782 in one day increments
  • Attributes required: An inactive 1.9 GHz processor on FC 7782.
  • For 9117-570: (#7666)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: no max)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Requires activation of FC 7942, Advanced Power Virtualization.

(#7718) On/Off Processor day billing for FC 7782

Once an On/Off Processor Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the system, you must report your on/off usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is then provided to your sales channel. The sales channel will place an order for a quantity of On/Off Processor Day Billing features and bill you. One #7718 should be ordered for each billable processor day.

  • Attributes provided: Payment for 1 days use of one processor on FC 7782.
  • Attributes required: One inactive FC 7782 processor in the system.
  • For 9117-570: (#7718)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7728) 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for one 2.2GHz Processor on FC 8338

This feature provides 30 processor-days of prepaid reserve capacity usage for one of the 2.2GHz processors on FC 8338. This feature allows the use of inactive processors in the system on a one day use basis. To understand how to take advantage of the Reserve Capacity feature of the p570 through the shared processor pool, review the data at this website

http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/ondemand/cod

  • Attributes provided: Allows the use of one of the 2.2GHz Processors on FC 8338 in one day increments
  • Attributes required: An inactive 2.2 GHz processor on FC 8338.
  • For 9117-570: (#7728)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: no max)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Requires activation of FC 7942, Advanced Power Virtualization.

(#7768) Processor Power Regulator

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides the needed power/voltage to operate the processors. Each processor card requires one regulator. An extra regulator can be added for redundancy. Three power regulators in a single CEC enclosure drawer with two processor card features provides one power regulator for redundancy at the drawer level.

  • Attributes provided: Processor power regulator.
  • Attributes required: Empty power regulator slot.
  • For 9117-570: (#7768)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Configurations with two or more drawers are only supported with redundant power regulators and require a minimum of 3 regulator features per drawer.

(#7782) 2-Way 1.9 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 0-way active, 8 DDR2 Memory Slots

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

2-way 1.9 GHz POWER5+ processor card with Capacity Upgrade on Demand. The two processors share 36MB of L3 cache and 1.9MB of L2 cache. There are 8 DDR2 DIMM slots on the processor card which may be used without activating the processors. Permanent activation of the processors requires purchase of the activation FC 7665.

  • Attributes provided: 2-way processor card, 0-way active; 8 DDR2 DIMM slots
  • Attributes required: One processor card slot
  • For 9117-570: (#7782)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR-IY77270) or later. AIX 5L for POWER V5.3 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR-IY77273) or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems
      http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7801) Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a six meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

  • Attributes provided: 6M Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
  • For 9117-570: (#7801)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7802) Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

This feature provides a fifteen meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

  • Attributes provided: 15M Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
  • For 9117-570: (#7802)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7830) 2-Way 1.65 GHz POWER5 CUoD Processor Card, 0-Way Active, 8 DDR1 Memory DIMM Slots

(No Longer Available as of March 21, 2008)

2-way 1.65 GHz processor card with Capacity Upgrade on Demand. The two processors share 36MB of L3 cache and 1.9MB of L2 cache. There are 8 DIMM slots on the processor card which may be used without activating the processors.

  • Attributes provided: 2-way processor card, 0-way active; 8 DDR1 DIMM slots
  • Attributes required: One processor card slot
  • For 9117-570: (#7830)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7832) 2-Way 1.9 GHz POWER5 CUoD Processor Card, 0-Way Active, 8 DDR1Memory DIMM Slots

(No Longer Available as of March 21, 2008)

2-way 1.9 GHz processor card with Capacity Upgrade on Demand. The two processors share 36MB of L3 cache and 1.9MB of L2 cache. There are 8 DIMM slots on the processor card which may be used without activating the processors.

Note: This processor requires the use of redundant Processor Power Regulators #7875 or #7768. One processor card requires the use of redundant Regulators #7875 or #7768 per drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 2-way processor card, 0-way active; 8 DDR1 DIMM slots
  • Attributes required: One processor card slot
  • For 9117-570: (#7832)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7833) 2-Way 1.9 GHz POWER5 CUoD Processor Card, 0-Way Active, 8 DDR2Memory DIMM Slots

(No Longer Available as of March 21, 2008)

2-way 1.9 GHz processor card with Capacity Upgrade on Demand. The two processors share 36MB of L3 cache and 1.9MB of L2 cache. There are 8 DIMM slots on the processor card which may be used without activating the processors.

Note: This processor requires the use of a redundant Processor Power Regulators #7875 or #7768. One processor card requires the use of two Regulators #7875 or #7768 per drawer. Two Processor cards require the use of three Regulators #7875 or #7768 per drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 2-way processor card, 0-way active; 8 DDR2 DIMM slots
  • Attributes required: One processor card slot
  • For 9117-570: (#7833)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7834) 2-Way 1.5 GHz POWER5 Processor Card, 0-Way Entitled, 8 DDR1 Memory DIMM Slots

(No Longer Available as of March 21, 2008)

2-way 1.5 GHz processor card with no processors entitled. The two processors share 36MB of L3 cache and 1.9MB of L2 cache. There are 8 DIMM slots on the processor card. Feature 7834 requires entitlement of both processors.

  • Attributes provided: 2-way processor card with 8 DDR1 DIMM slots
  • Attributes required: One processor card slot and two processor entitlements (#7929 and/or #8456)
  • For 9117-570: (#7834)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7861) PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Short Adapters, Type II

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for single slot width PCI adapters installed in a 32-bit short PCI slot.

  • Attributes provided: Blind swap PCI cassette
  • Attributes required: Short PCI card and empty short PCI adapter location
  • For 9117-570: (#7861)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7862) PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Type II

(No Longer Available as of November 28, 2008)

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for single slot width PCI adapters. It also includes the necessary hardware to adapt the cassette to mount various sizes of PCI cards.

  • Attributes provided: Blind swap PCI cassette
  • Attributes required: PCI card and empty PCI adapter location
  • For 9117-570: (#7862)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7863) PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type III

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for double slot width PCI adapters. It also includes the necessary hardware to adapt the cassette to mount various sizes of PCI cards.

  • Attributes provided: Blind swap PCI cassette
  • Attributes required: PCI card and two empty PCI adapter locations
  • For 9117-570: (#7863)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7865) Processor Enclosure And Backplane

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides an enclosure and a backplane for up to two processor cards.

  • Attributes provided: Two processor card slots
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7865)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each system drawer requires one #7865 Processor Enclosure And Backplane.

(#7866) I/O Backplane, 6 PCI-X Slots

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides six PCI-X 64-bit, 3.3 volt, 133MHz slots for I/O adapter cards.

  • Attributes provided: Six PCI-X I/O slots
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7866)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each drawer in the system requires one #7866 I/O Backplane.

(#7867) System Midplane

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

The System Midplane is a riser card that provides interconnections between the modular subsystems in the system drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Internal connections within the drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7867)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each system drawer requires one #7867 System Midplane.

(#7868) Ultra320 SCSI 6-pack Backplane

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides an enclosure and backplane connections for up to six Ultra320 SCSI disk drives.

  • Attributes provided: Six disk drive bays
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7868)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each system drawer requires one 7868 Ultra320 SCSI backplane.

(#7869) Media Enclosure And Backplane

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides an enclosure and backplane connections for up to two Slimline media devices.

  • Attributes provided: Two media bays
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7869)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each system drawer can be configured with one #7869 media enclosure.

(#7870) Power Distribution Backplane

The power distribution backplane provides the internal power connections between the power supplies and the other components in the drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Power distribution within a drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7870)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each drawer in the system requires one #7870 Power Distribution Backplane.

(#7875) Processor Power Regulator

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

This feature provides the needed power/voltage to allow the processors to operate.

  • Attributes provided: Processor power regulator
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7875)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: All configurations with two or more drawers must have three #7875 regulators per drawer. Drawers with one 1.5 GHz or 1.65 GHz processor card must have at least one #7875 regulator. Drawers with two 1.5 GHz or 1.65 GHz processor cards must have at least two #7875 regulators. Drawers with one 1.9 GHz processor card must have at least two #7875 regulators. Drawers with two 1.9 GHz processor cards must have three #7875 regulators.

(#7878) System Port Riser Card

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This riser card provides two 9-pin system ports (serial) at the rear of the chassis.

  • Attributes provided: Two 9-pin system ports
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7878)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each drawer in the system requires one #7878 card.

(#7879) System Drawer Enclosure

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

This feature provides the chassis and covers for a single drawer of the system.

  • Attributes provided: Chassis for one system drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7879)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7881) Service Processor

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

This feature provides the service processor for the system.

  • Attributes provided: One service processor
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7881)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: Each 9117-p570 must include either 1 FC 7881 or 1 FC 7997. FC 7881 cannot be used with FC 7997 in the same system.

(#7888) AC Power Supply, 1400 W

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides one 1400 watt AC power supply for a server drawer.

  • Attributes provided: One AC power supply
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7888)
    • Minimum required: 2
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each server drawer requires two #7888 power supplies.

(#7890) 4/8GB (4x2GB) DIMMs, CUoD, 4GB Active, 266 MHz DDR1

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

This feature provides 4/8GB of system memory with 4 2GB DIMMs. 4096MB of the memory is active. It is used to provide memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 8192MB of memory, with 4096MB active
  • Attributes required: Four empty DDR1 memory DIMM positions
  • For 9117-570: (#7890)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7892) 2 GB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Provides 2 GB of DDR2 system memory with 4 512MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 2048MB of DDR2 system memory
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DDR2 memory DIMM positions
  • For 9117-570: (#7892)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. for Linux, refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7893) 4 GB (4x1GB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

Provides 4 GB of DDR2 system memory with 4 1GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions
  • For 9117-570: (#7893)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7894) - 8 GB (4x2GB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

Provides 8 GB of DDR2 system memory with 4 2GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 8192MB of system memory
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions
  • For 9117-570: (#7894)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7897) One Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7830

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature number will permanently activate the first or second processor on a 7830 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Activation of processor(s) for #7830
  • Attributes required: Feature number 7830 with unactivated processor(s)
  • For 9117-570: (#7897)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7898) One Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7832

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature number will permanently activate the first or second processor on a 7832 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Activation of processor(s) for #7832
  • Attributes required: Feature number 7832 with unactivated processor(s)
  • For 9117-570: (#7898)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7899) One Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7833

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature number will permanently activate the the first or second processor on a 7833 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Activation of processor(s) for #7833
  • Attributes required: Feature number 7833 with unactivated processor(s)
  • For 9117-570: (#7899)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7929) One Processor Entitlement for Processor Feature #7834

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature number will permanently entitle one processor on a 7834 processor card.

  • Attributes provided: Entitlement of processor(s) for #7834
  • Attributes required: Feature #7834 with non-entitled processor(s)
  • For 9117-570: (#7929)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7942) Advanced POWER Virtualization

This feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. The processors on the system can be partitioned into as many as 10 LPARs per processor. Partition Load Manager is included to provide cross-partition workload management across the LPARs. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and installed on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level.

  • Attributes provided: System virtualization
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7942)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: If feature 7942 is ordered on a Model 570, the quantity must be equal to the number of activated processors. Once the Virtualization feature is installed on a system, it cannot be removed.

(#7950) 1024MB Activation for DDR1 Memory

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature permanently activates 1024MB of DDR1 memory.

  • Attributes provided: Activation of 1024MB DDR1 memory
  • Attributes required: 1024MB of unactivated DDR1 memory
  • For 9117-570: (#7950)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7951) On/Off Processor Enablement

This feature can be ordered to enable your server for On/Off Capacity on Demand. Once enabled, you can request processors on a temporary basis. You must sign an On/Off Capacity on Demand contract before you order this feature. To renew this feature after the allowed 360 Processor Days have been used, this feature must be removed from the system Configuration file and reordered by placing an MES order.

  • Attributes provided: On/Off Capacity on Demand enablement for up to 360 processor days.
  • Attributes required: Inactive processors in the system.
  • For 9117-570: (#7951)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7952) On/Off Processor Day Billing for Feature 7830

Once an On/Off Processor Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the system, you must report your on/off usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is then provided to your sales channel. The sales channel will place an order for a quantity of On/Off Processor Day Billing features and bill you. One #7952 should be ordered for each billable processor day.

  • Attributes provided: One processor day usage for feature 7830
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7952)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7953) On/Off Processor Day Billing for Feature 7832

Once an On/Off Processor Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the system, you must report your on/off usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is then provided to your sales channel. The sales channel will place an order for a quantity of On/Off Processor Day Billing features and bill you. One #7953 should be ordered for each billable processor day.

  • Attributes provided: One processor day usage for feature 7832
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7954) On/Off Memory Enablement

This feature can be ordered to enable your server for On/Off Capacity on Demand. Once enabled, you can request memory on a temporary basis. You must sign an On/Off Capacity on Demand contract before you order this feature. To renew this feature after the allowed 999 GB Days have been used, this feature must be removed from the system Configuration file and reordered by placing an MES order.

  • Attributes provided: On/Off Capacity on Demand enablement for up to 999 GB Memory days.
  • Attributes required: Inactive memory in the system.
  • For 9117-570: (#7954)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7955) On/Off Processor Day Billing for Feature 7833

Once an On/Off Processor Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the system, you must report your on/off usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is then provided to your sales channel. The sales channel will place an order for a quantity of On/Off Processor Day Billing features and bill you. One #7955 should be ordered for each billable processor day.

  • Attributes provided: One processor day usage for feature 7833
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7955)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7956) 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for 1.65 GHz Processors

This feature provides 30 processor-days of prepaid reserve capacity for 1.65 GHz processors. To establish reserve processor capacity on the server, select a quantity of inactive processors to be placed in the server's Shared Processor Pool as reserve processors. Once the server recognizes that non-reserve processors (permanently activated processors) assigned and/or available to the uncapped partitions have been 100% utilized, use of additional processors will cause processor-days (good for a 24-hour period) to be subtracted from the prepaid number of processor-days.

  • Attributes provided: 30 processor-days usage of inactive 1.65 GHz processors
  • Attributes required: Any quantity of inactive 1.65 GHz processors
  • For 9117-570: (#7956)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Applies to feature #7830. Requires activation of Advance Power Virtualization (#7942).

(#7957) On/Off Memory 1 GB-Day Billing

Once an On/Off Memory Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the system, you must report your on/off usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is then provided to your sales channel. The sales channel will place an order for a quantity of On/Off Memory Day Billing features and bill you. One #7957 should be ordered for each billable day for each 1GB increment of memory.

  • Attributes provided: One day usage of 1GB memory
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#7957)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7959) 30 Days Prepaid Reserve Capacity for 1.9 GHz Processors (#7832 and #7833)

This feature provides 30 processor-days of prepaid reserve capacity for 1.9 GHz processors. To establish reserve processor capacity on the server, select a quantity of inactive processors to be placed in the server's Shared Processor Pool as reserve processors. Once the server recognizes that non-reserve processors (permanently activated processors) assigned and/or available to the uncapped partitions have been 100% utilized, use of additional processors will cause processor-days (good for a 24-hour period) to be subtracted from the prepaid number of processor-days.

  • Attributes provided: 30 processor-days usage of inactive 1.9 GHz processors
  • Attributes required: Any quantity of inactive 1.9 GHz processors
  • For 9117-570: (#7959)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Applies to features #7832 and #7833. Requires activation of Advanced Power Virtualization (#7942).

(#7997) - System Service Processor

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

Service Processor for the system. This feature includes two external 9 pin D-Shell SPCN ports and two external E-Net ports to support HMC attach. This feature may not coexist in a system with Feature Code 7881.

  • Attributes provided: one service processor
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9117-570: (#7997)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: Each 9117-570 must include either 1 FC 7881 or 1 FC 7997. FC 7997 provides redundant service processor support when purchased in pairs. For Redundant Service Processor support both Service Processors must be FC 7997 and an HMC must be attached to the system through an Ethernet hub. When redundant Service Processors exist in a configuration with remote I/O Drawers an additional Power Control cable (#6006 or similar) is required to connect the two Service Processor cards. A drawer enclosure can contain only one Service Processor, FC 7997 or 7881.

(#8052) 4096MB (4x1024MB) DIMMs, Express Configuration, Factory Only

Provides 4096MB of system memory with four 1024MB DIMMs for systems being included in Express Configurations. Equivalent to #4453.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory equivalent to #4453.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 9117-570: (#8052)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8131) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable provides attachment between the 128-port Asynchronous Controller and the first RAN in a daisy chain, or attachment between RANs in the daisy chain.

  • Attributes provided: Links 128-port Async Controller to RAN or RAN-to-RAN
  • Attributes required: (1) 128-port Async Controller or RAN-to-RAN connection in a daisy chain.
  • For 9117-570: (#8131)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8132) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable may be substituted for the 4.5 meter (15 foot) async controller cable whenever a customer configuration requires stacked Remote Async Nodes.

  • Attributes provided: Links 128-port Async Controller to RAN or RAN-to-RAN
  • Attributes required: (1) 128-port Async Controller or RAN-to-RAN connection in a daisy chain.
  • For 9117-570: (#8132)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8133) RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This cable can be used to attach EIA-232 devices to the 16 port EIA 232 Remote Async Node (FC 8130 or FC 8134) for the 128-Port Async subsystem. This cable provides a 25-pin D shell connector for device attachment. Four cables are provided per each order.

  • Attributes provided: 4 DB-25 EIA-232 ports
  • Attributes required: 4 RJ-45 ports from a RAN (8130, 8134, 8136)
  • For 9117-570: (#8133)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8136) Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232 (RAN) is a modified version of the existing 16-port Remote Async Node (feature #8130 or 8134) in an industry-standard 19-inch rack mount chassis to allow simpler installation and ease-of-use. Like the existing RAN, it can also be configured as a desktop device.

As an additional benefit, the metal chassis meets FCC Class B/CISPR B when used with similarly rated RS/6000 host to meet the needs of customers with these requirements.

The RANs provide 16 ports of EIA-232 capability with full modem controls on each port and are connected to the 128-port Async Controller (Micro Channel or ISA versions) residing in the host. RANs are connected in daisy-chain fashion up to 8 RANs per 128-port Async Controller (either version).

The rack-mountable RAN offers these enhanced features:

  • Industry-standard 19-inch rack mountable chassis (can be configured for stacking on a desktop or mounted in a 19-inch rack).
  • Meets FCC Class B/CISPR B when used with similarly rated RS/6000 host.
  • All RJ-45 connectors are now on the front panel, greatly enhancing cable management.
  • The DB-15 synchronous connectors (cabling from host to RAN and between RANs) and the power cord and switch are located on the rear panel.
  • Power supply is self contained within the unit.

The rack-mountable RAN offers these same features as the existing RAN product:

  • Identical function and support as existing 16-port Remote Async Node (RAN), feature #8130 or 8134.
  • Operation of 16 to 128 ports by supporting up to 8 RANs (4 per synchronous line) with either a Micro Channel or ISA host adapter.
  • Ability to monitor individual port operation, synchronous line station, and other diagnostics from front panel.
  • Built-in diagnostics can test ports independent of RS/6000 host.
  • Full modem control supports the following interface signals: TxD, RxD, RTS, CTS, DSR, DCD, DTR, RI.
  • The same RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable (feature #8133 - quantity four per order) currently used on the existing RANs can be used to attach devices having a DB-25 connector to the Remote Async Nodes.
  • Individual ports support a maximum EIA-232 distance of 62 meters (200 feet).
  • Use of the same cabling from host to RAN and RAN to RAN: feature #8131 (4.5 meter), feature #8132 (23 cm) or customer-supplied cables.
  • Location of RAN up to 330 meters from the host using standard shielded 8-wire twisted pair cabling.
  • Remote operation via synchronous modems or CSU/DSU extends the distance and allows location of RANs at geographically distant location from the host.
  • Attributes provided: 16 RJ-45 EIA-232 ports AND 1 RAN-to-RAN connection
  • Attributes required: 1 RAN-to-128-port Controller connection OR 1 RAN-to-RAN connection
  • For 9117-570: (#8136)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of eight per #2944 128-Port Async Adapter

(#8137) Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

Provides remote connection of up to 16 EIA-232 devices to a 128-Port Asynchronous Controller.

Each port can be individually programmed to provide a asynchronous connection of 230 Kbaud, but a limited number of ports in a maximum configuration (128 ports) can be supported at this baud rate.

  • Operation of 16 to 128 ports by supporting up to 8 RANs (4 per synchronous line) with either a Micro Channel, ISA or PCI host adapter.
  • Ability to monitor individual port operation, synchronous line station, and other diagnostics from front panel.
  • Built-in diagnostics can test ports independent of RS/6000 host.
  • Full modem control supports the following interface signals: TxD, RxD, RTS, CTS, DSR, DCD, DTR, RI.
  • The same RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable (feature #8133 - quantity four per order) currently used on the existing RANs can be used to attach devices having a DB-25 connector to the Remote Async Nodes.
  • Individual ports support a maximum EIA-232 distance of up to 31 meters (100 feet), depending on the baud rate.
  • Use of the same cabling from host to RAN and RAN to RAN: feature #8131 (4.5 meter), feature #8132 (23 cm) or customer supplied cables.
  • Location of RAN up to 330 meters (sync data rate set at 1.2 Mbps) from host using standard shielded 8-wire twisted pair cabling.
  • Remote operation via synchronous modems or CSU/DSU extends the distance and allows location of RANs at geographically distant location from the host.
  • Attributes provided: 16 EIA-232 Async ports
  • Attributes required: One 128-port adapter per eight (#8137s)
  • For 9117-570: (#8137)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of eight per #2944 128-Port Async Adapter

(#8338) 2-Way 2.2 GHz POWER5+ Processor Card, 0-way active, 8 DDR2 Memory Slots

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

2-way 2.2 GHz POWER5+ processor card with Capacity Upgrade on Demand. The two processors share 36MB of L3 cache and 1.9MB of L2 cache. There are 8 DDR2 DIMM slots on the processor card which may be used without activating the processors. Permanent activation of the processors requires purchase of the activation FC 7618.

  • Attributes provided: 2-way processor card, 0-way active; 8 DDR2 DIMM slots
  • Attributes required: One processor card slot
  • For 9117-570: (#8338)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR-IY77270) or later. AIX 5L for POWER V5.3 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR-IY77273) or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems
      http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This processor requires the use of a redundant Processor Power Regulator #7768. One processor card requires the use of two Regulators #7768 per drawer. Two Processor cards require the use of three Regulators #7768 per drawer.

(#8430) Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9800, Model Conversion Only

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This is an administrative feature that is valid only for model conversion orders. A quantity of one power cord carry over indicator should be ordered for each display or remote access node that will be transferred to the new model. The existing power cord is assigned the new feature code, which enables the ordering configurator to assure that the correct quantity of power cords is included in the order.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord quantity tracking for #9800 specify feature
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#8430)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8431) Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9802, Model Conversion Only

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This is an administrative feature that is valid only for model conversion orders. A quantity of one power cord carry over indicator should be ordered for each display or remote access node that will be transferred to the new model. The existing power cord is assigned the new feature code, which enables the ordering configurator to assure that the correct quantity of power cords is included in the order.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord quantity tracking for #9802 specify feature
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#8431)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8432) Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9820, Model Conversion Only

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This is an administrative feature that is valid only for model conversion orders. A quantity of one power cord carry over indicator should be ordered for each display or remote access node that will be transferred to the new model. The existing power cord is assigned the new feature code, which enables the ordering configurator to assure that the correct quantity of power cords is included in the order.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord quantity tracking for #9820 specify feature
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#8432)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8433) Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9821, Model Conversion Only

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This is an administrative feature that is valid only for model conversion orders. A quantity of one power cord carry over indicator should be ordered for each display or remote access node that will be transferred to the new model. The existing power cord is assigned the new feature code, which enables the ordering configurator to assure that the correct quantity of power cords is included in the order.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord quantity tracking for #9821 specify feature
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#8433)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8434) Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9825, Model Conversion Only

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This is an administrative feature that is valid only for model conversion orders. A quantity of one power cord carry over indicator should be ordered for each display or remote access node that will be transferred to the new model. The existing power cord is assigned the new feature code, which enables the ordering configurator to assure that the correct quantity of power cords is included in the order.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord quantity tracking for #9825 specify feature
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#8434)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8435) Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9827, Model Conversion Only

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This is an administrative feature that is valid only for model conversion orders. A quantity of one power cord carry over indicator should be ordered for each display or remote access node that will be transferred to the new model. The existing power cord is assigned the new feature code, which enables the ordering configurator to assure that the correct quantity of power cords is included in the order.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord quantity tracking for #9827 specify feature
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#8435)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8436) Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9828, Model Conversion Only

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This is an administrative feature that is valid only for model conversion orders. A quantity of one power cord carry over indicator should be ordered for each display or remote access node that will be transferred to the new model. The existing power cord is assigned the new feature code, which enables the ordering configurator to assure that the correct quantity of power cords is included in the order.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord quantity tracking for #9828 specify feature
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#8436)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8437) Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9829, Model Conversion Only

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This is an administrative feature that is valid only for model conversion orders. A quantity of one power cord carry over indicator should be ordered for each display or remote access node that will be transferred to the new model. The existing power cord is assigned the new feature code, which enables the ordering configurator to assure that the correct quantity of power cords is included in the order.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord quantity tracking for #9829 specify feature
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#8437)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8438) Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9830, Model Conversion Only

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This is an administrative feature that is valid only for model conversion orders. A quantity of one power cord carry over indicator should be ordered for each display or remote access node that will be transferred to the new model. The existing power cord is assigned the new feature code, which enables the ordering configurator to assure that the correct quantity of power cords is included in the order.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord quantity tracking for #9830 specify feature
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#8438)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8439) Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9831, Model Conversion Only

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This is an administrative feature that is valid only for model conversion orders. A quantity of one power cord carry over indicator should be ordered for each display or remote access node that will be transferred to the new model. The existing power cord is assigned the new feature code, which enables the ordering configurator to assure that the correct quantity of power cords is included in the order.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord quantity tracking for #9831 specify feature
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#8439)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8440) Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9833, Model Conversion Only

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This is an administrative feature that is valid only for model conversion orders. A quantity of one power cord carry over indicator should be ordered for each display or remote access node that will be transferred to the new model. The existing power cord is assigned the new feature code, which enables the ordering configurator to assure that the correct quantity of power cords is included in the order.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord quantity tracking for #9833 specify feature
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#8440)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8441) Power Cord Carry Over Indicator, #9834, Model Conversion Only

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This is an administrative feature that is valid only for model conversion orders. A quantity of one power cord carry over indicator should be ordered for each display or remote access node that will be transferred to the new model. The existing power cord is assigned the new feature code, which enables the ordering configurator to assure that the correct quantity of power cords is included in the order.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord quantity tracking for #9833 specify feature
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#8441)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8452) Zero-priced Value Pak Processor Activation Code for #7830

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature provides a customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. The system must be configured with a minimum of two disk drives of at least 73.4 GB each, and at least 2 GB of memory installed for each activated processor. For each paid processor activation or entitlement, the customer is entitled to one processor activation or entitlement at no additional charge.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #7830
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Model 570 Value Pak Configuration
  • For 9117-570: (#8452)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8454) Zero-priced Value Pak Processor Activation Code for #7832

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature provides a customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. The system must be configured with a minimum of two disk drives of at least 73.4 GB each, and at least 2 GB of memory installed for each activated processor. For each paid processor activation or entitlement, the customer is entitled to one processor activation or entitlement at no additional charge.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #7832
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Model 570 Value Pak Configuration
  • For 9117-570: (#8454)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8455) Zero-priced Value Pak Processor Activation Code for #7833

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature provides a customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. The system must be configured with a minimum of two disk drives of at least 73.4 GB each, and at least 2 GB of memory installed for each activated processor. For each paid processor activation or entitlement, the customer is entitled to one processor activation or entitlement at no additional charge.

  • Attributes provided: One processor activation for #7833
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Model 570 Value Pak Configuration
  • For 9117-570: (#8455)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8456) Zero-priced Value Pak Processor Entitlement for #7834

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature provides a customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. The system must be configured with a minimum of two disk drives of at least 73.4 GB each, and at least 2 GB of memory installed for each activated processor. For each paid processor activation or entitlement, the customer is entitled to one processor activation or entitlement at no additional charge.

  • Attributes provided: One processor entitlement for #7834
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Model 570 Value Pak Configuration
  • For 9117-570: (#8456)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8800) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8800)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8801) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8801)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8802) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8802)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8803) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8803)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8804) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8804)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8805) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8805)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8806) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8806)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8807) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8807)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8808) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian French, #058

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8808)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8810) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Belgian/Dutch, #120

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/Dutch #120 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8810)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8811) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8811)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8812) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8812)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8813) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8813)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8814) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss/French/German #150F/G keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8814)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8816) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8816)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8817) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Dutch, #143

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

  • Attributes provided:
  • Attributes required:
  • For 9117-570: (#8817)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8818) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese, #163

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8818)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8819) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8819)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8820) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8820)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8821) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8821)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8823) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8823)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8825) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8825)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8826) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Czech #243 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8826)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8827) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8827)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8829) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8829)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8830) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #238 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8830)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8833) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Korean, #413

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8833)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8834) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #467

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Chinese/US #467 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8834)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8835) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French Canadian, #445

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8835)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8836) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8836)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8838) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8838)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8839) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Yugoslavian/Latin,#105

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Yugoslavian/Latin #105 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8839)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8840) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English (EMEA),#103P

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P (EMEA) keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8840)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8841) Mouse - Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2009)

This feature provides a three button mouse and a cable for attachment to a keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: 3-Button Mouse
  • Attributes required: Keyboard with Mouse Attachment Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8841)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8845) - USB Mouse

The optical LED USB Mouse has 2 buttons and a scroll wheel that acts as a third button. Mouse cable is 1.8 meters long. OS does not support scrolling with the wheel. Business black with red scroll wheel.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Button USB Mouse w/scroll wheel that acts as 3rd button.
  • Attributes required: USB attachment Port
  • For 9117-570: (#8845)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9004) Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors

Specifies that southern hemisphere models are required for all CRT monitors on the initial plant order or on MES orders. Not required with TFT monitors.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Monitor
  • For 9117-570: (#9004)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9169) - Order Routing Indicator - System Plant

This feature will be auto-selected by the Configurator Tool when required. Use of this feature will affect the routing of the order. Selection of this indicator will direct the order to a system plant for fulfillment.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9169)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9300) Language Group Specify - US English

English language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9300)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9461) - Month Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9461)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9462) - Day Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9462)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 31 (Initial order maximum: 31)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9463) - Hour Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9463)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9464) - Minute Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9464)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9465) - Qty Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9465)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 999)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9466) - Countable Member Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9466)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9570) Reserved Rack Space Indicator - 4U

This feature reserves 4U of space in a rack for future system growth.

  • Attributes provided: Reserves 4U in rack
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9570)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9700) Language Group Specify - Dutch

Dutch language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9700)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9703) Language Group Specify - French

French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9703)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9704) Language Group Specify - German

German language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9704)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9705) Language Group Specify - Polish

Polish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9117-570: (#9705)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9707) Language Group Specify - Portuguese

Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9707)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9708) Language Group Specify - Spanish

Spanish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9708)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9711) Language Group Specify - Italian

Italian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9711)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9712) Language Group Specify - Canadian French

Canadian French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9712)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9714) Language Group Specify - Japanese

Japanese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9714)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9715) Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)

Traditional Chinese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9715)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9716) Language Group Specify - Korean

Korean language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9716)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9718) Language Group Specify - Turkish

Turkish language group for nomenclature and publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9718)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9719) Language Group Specify - Hungarian

Hungarian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9719)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9720) Language Group Specify - Slovakian

Slovakian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9720)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9721) Language Group Specify - Russian

Russian language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9721)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9722) Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)

Simplified Chinese language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9722)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9724) Language Group Specify - Czech

Czech language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9724)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9725) Language Group Specify - Romanian

Romanian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9725)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9727) Language Group Specify - Slovenian

Slovenian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9117-570: (#9727)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#EQ77) - Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A

This feature permits manufacturing to select the optimum PDU cable length (1.5M, 2.7M or 4.2M) for rack integration. This feature is mandatory on initial order with 7014-T00 or T42 racks. Feature is not valid on initial order with non-factory integrated feature 4650.

  • Attributes provided: Power cable
  • Attributes required: At least one Rack and the absence of #4650.
  • For 9117-MMA: (#EQ77)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: N/A
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#EU08) - RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive

Provides a RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in an RDX docking station such as #1123, #1103 or #1104. Capacity is 320 GB is uncompressed. With typical 2X compression, capacity would be GB.640 GB Compression/ decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature EU08 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

  • Attributes provided: 320 GB RDX rugged disk/cartridge
  • Attributes required: One docking station such as #1123 or #1103 or #1104
  • For 9117-MMA: (#EU08)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
      • AIX Version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
      • IBM i - not supported native or through VIOS
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.8 for POWER, or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 for POWER, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 10, Service Pack 4, or later
      • Novel SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 Service Pack 2, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

Feature exchanges

Not available
Back to topBack to top
 

Accessories

None

Customer replacement parts

None
Back to topBack to top
 

Machine elements

None
Back to topBack to top
 

Supplies

None

Supplemental media

None

Trademarks

(R), (TM), * Trademark or registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

** Company, product, or service name may be a trademark or service mark of others.

Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
 © IBM Corporation 2014.
Back to topBack to top